ij : : ip

AVHEN

sin Kwai Meng

M. Sce., Cert Ed.

General Editor
Dr Wong Khoon Yoong
Ph.D., B. Sc. (Hons), Dip. Ec.

IN PAN PACIFIC PUBLICATIONS (S) PTE LTD

———
PAN PACIFIC PUBLICATIONS (S) PTE LTD
16 Fan Yoong Road Singapore 629793

© Pan Pacific Publications (S) Pte Ltd

All rights reserved. No part of this

publication may be reproduced, stored
in a retrieval system, or transmitted in
any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording
or otherwise, without the prior
permission of the Copyright holder.

First published 1994

Reprinted 1995
Reprinted 1996
Reprinted 1997
Reprinted 1998
New edition 1999
Reprinted 2000

ISBN 981-208-528-9

Printed by Loi Printing Pte Ltd

 LP) DI PA CLY

THE SERIES
NEW ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS is a series of six course books. The
first two books follow closely the latest Mathematics Syllabus for Lower Secondary
Schools issued by the Ministry of Education, Singapore, for use from 1992. Books
3A, 3B, 4A and 4B cover the Singapore-Cambridge G.C.E. ‘O’ Level Mathematics
Syllabus D.

THE APPROACH
Throughout the series, emphasis is placed on the development of better
understanding of mathematical concepts and their applications, as well as on
proficiency in problem solving, mathematical reasoning and higher order thinking.

To facilitate this, we have included the following:

e investigative work
¢ communication skills in mathematics and
e problem-solving heuristics

THE FEATURES
EXERCISES .
Numerous exercises are provided for students of varied abilities and the problems
are graded. The more difficult questions are marked with asterisks (*).

CHAPTER REVIEW
At the end of every chapter, there is a Chapter Review which recapitulates the key
concepts and skills learnt.

CHALLENGER
This section, immediately after the Chapter Review, is specially designed to provide
interesting and challenging problems on that particular chapter topic for the more
able and adventurous students.

PROBLEM SOLVING
Problem Solving exercises are given to enable students to practise their problem-
solving skills.
REVISION EXERCISES
Sets of revision exercises are also included at appropriate intervals to provide
students with the necessary practice and reinforcement. Constant revision is very
important for skill mastery.

MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES
These exercises are given after several chapters. They provide students with many
questions to apply the various concepts learnt.

INVESTIGATION
Problems in the /nvestigation section provide opportunities for students to explore,
experiment with and discuss mathematical ideas.

MATHSTORY
A story or history on mathematics is given at the side margin where appropriate.
This section is meant to enrich students with the knowledge of how mathematics has
developed over the years.

It is hoped that this series will help students gain confidence in and have better
insights into the subject, and above all, that students will look upon Mathematics as
something exciting, rewarding and useful.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The publisher and author would like to acknowledge that some of the examination
questions are reproduced by permission of the Cambridge University Asia Pacific
Training Services Limited and SNP Publishing Pte Ltd (formerly known as
EPB Publishers Pte Ltd), except for reading passages. These questions have the
letter C printed at the end, in parentheses.

We are also grateful to all those who have, in one way or another, rendered
assistance and offered invaluable suggestions.

Sin K. M.
 CONTENTS

CHAPTER 5 REVISION 1
5.1 Arithmetic 1

5.2 Algebra 16

5.3. Geometry 44

5.4 Mensuration 68

5.5 Trigonometry and Bearings 85

5.6 Loci 109

5.7. Vectors 120

5.8 Graphs 136

5.9 Transformations 159

5.10 Statistics and Probability 181

ASSESSMENT PAPER SET A 212

ASSESSMENT PAPER SET B 221

ASSESSMENT PAPER SET C 231

ANSWERS 241
 Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2024

https://archive.org/details/newelementarymatO000drwo
 Chapter 5

Revision
5.1 ARITHMETIC

Worked Example 1
Evaluate, giving your answer in standard form, correc
t to 2 significant figures.
(a) a8 10 * 5A7 x 10° (b)* 3.41" 10 "+ 1.39 x10"

Solution:
(ay 5.8.x 10 x 5.17 x 10° = 29.986 x 10°
=3.0x 10° (2 sig. fig.)
(Det <0: 4 BOX 10° = 341 & 10+ 0.139 < 104
=3.549>5< 10"
=3.5x10* (2 sig. fig.)

Worked Example 2
Fill in the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in
the circles so that the numbers along each
side of the triangle add up to 23.

Solution:
By trial and error, we have

Note: 1+24+3+...+9=45 and 3 x 23 = 69, so the sum of numbers at the three

yerlices = 69 45 = 24=9 +48 +7.
51

Worked Example 3
(a) Copy and complete the ‘difference table’.

(b) Write down the next term of the sequence.

= [EKG eee ee

Solution:
(a)
12 (2325

8 Clie)

3 Gere)

(b) —1, 6, 11, 14, 15, 14, 11.

Note: For (a), we enter 3, then 11 and finally 23. For (b), we look for the pattern,

—|, ee
6, ee,
Ls ey
14, ——
tS, ee
14, eee,
Calo)
+7 +5 +3 +1] +(-1) +(—3)

or use a difference table such as:

—| 6 1] 14 15 14 (bh)

—| ( =.)
ya DIY
(gees)

Enter (—2). Then enter (—3) since (—2) + (-1) = (-3). Finally enter 11 since
(—3) + 14 = 11.
 Arithmetic

Exercise 5.1A } 4 ‘answers on p. 241

No calculator may be used for this exercise. For this exercise and subsequent
exercises, three-figure accuracy is required ifthe answer is not exact, unless otherwise
stated.

1. Calculate the exact value of

(a) 32.94 4.17; (b) 28.07 + 0.07,
(c) 030% 2.1, (d) 30.07 — 1.03.

2. Find the value of

l 3 4
(a) 2— x3-, by) 3=* 2-5
6 4 ») 6 e)
l
(c) 3—+1-, (d) 4-42 te a
B) Z 7 4 56

3. (a) Express 8.25 as a fraction in its lowest terms.

(b) Express 4% as a decimal.

a
4. (a) Express = as a percentage.

(b) Find, in its simplest form, the fraction which is exactly halfway between
LF 18
—a

5. (a) Divide 28 kg 60 g by 3, giving your answer correct to the nearest

100 grams.
5 ' cae :
(b) Express = as a decimal, giving your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

118
6. (a) Calculate the value of , giving your answer correct to | significant
0.039
figure.
(b) Express 0.034 5 correct to
(i) 2 significant figures,
(ii) 2 decimal places.

Arrange the following numbers in ascending order.

—0.803, 0.207, 0.027

(b) Arrange the following numbers in descending order.

3 9.745, 2, 0.97
4 6
Sal

Given that 999 x 28 = 27 972, write down the value of

(a) 9990 x 2.8, (b) 333 x 28,
(cy 279 1228: (d) 27972 14

Evaluate
3 2 1
(a) 4244), (b) 53 x5?
1

(Ops Glee es (Hoo 23

10. Evaluate
4

(Quel 7. (b) 3° x 2°,

(c) (2) x 54 (d) (4) +(12).

11. (a) Using as much of the information given below as is necessary, write
down the value of V0.015.
(A 5 = 1225, (583.873)
|
(b) Write down the positive square root of

(i) 16 900, Gi) 7.

12. (a) The total surface area of a cube is 384 cm’. Find the length of one of its
edges.
(b) A student, when using his calculator, finds that multiplying his age by
itself followed by multiplying the result by his age again gives 4 096.
Find his age.

13. (a) Write down the cube root of 27(5°).

(b) Write down the value of 0.008 1.

14. Express, correct to 2 significant figures the following numbers.

(a) 384 994 593 (b) 0.000 039 549

15. (a) Evaluate 0.040 3 + 0.000 13, giving your answer in standard form.
(b) Find the product of 31 x 10° and 16 x 10°, giving your answer in
standard form, correct to 2 significant figures.

16. Evaluate, giving your answer in standard form.

(ay 10 235410; (b) 1.3 x 10*-6.7x 10°
nolo 10°
(c) 2 ata (d) (1.2 x 104y
 Arithmetic

i, (a) The Sun is approximately 150 000 000 kilometres from the Earth. Write
this distance in standard form.
(b) Beta and Gamma are stars. Beta is 3 x 10'* kilometres from the Earth and
Gamma is 6 x 10" kilometres from the Earth. How many times further
from the Earth is Beta than Gamma? (C)

18. The mass of the Earth is approximately 6 x 10 kg, and the mass of the planet
Jupiter is approximately 1.9 x 10°’ kg. By how many times is the mass of
Jupiter greater than the mass of the Earth? Give your answer correct to two
significant figures. (C)

19. (a) Express the number 318 293 471 in standard form, giving your answer
correct to 2 significant figures.
(b) Ona certain day at a point on the coast, the high tide was 2.3 m above
mean sea level while the low tide was 1.9 m below mean sea level.
Calculate, in metres, the difference between the high and low tides.
(C)

20. The diagram shows a riverside flood-warning post.

(a) What is the water level shown in the aes
diagram? ai
(b) The water level now rises by 40 centimetres. “30 cial
What is the new level? yl
(c) During a dry month, the water level fell al
from +50 cm to —15 cm. By how many US|
centimetres did it fall? (C) 7

21. (a) What is the reading on this thermometer? <G

(b) How many degrees is the maximum
temperature higher than the minimum
temperature? (C) +—— MAXIMUM

+—— MINIMUM
Syl

22. (a) Express, correct to 2 significant figures

(i932.1.012. (ii) 0.030 43.
(b) Hence estimate, correct to | significant figure, the value of
321.012 x 0.030 43.

23. Estimate, correct to | significant figure

(a) 3.243 x 9.547, (b) 2.355 4 + 0.124 1,
3.412 — 1.23 9.124 x 3.173
(Ole ae (Ore. aaa
40.13 x 3.071 113.5 + 0.047
24. Two of the signs +, —, X, + are missing from each of the following statements.
Put the missing signs in the boxes.

(a) 12 3 4 =40

(b) 8 30 LSe=26

1 3 1
ade OU as
23. From the set of numbers

Gp -=, Des LN a. 6) oo a
(a) write down
(i) all the integers, (ii) all the rational numbers.
(b) What type of numbers are the remaining numbers?

26. (a) From the set of numbers

digecee 2) 438; -51,. 121-~ 640) 4.000,
write down
(i) two prime numbers, (ii) two square numbers.
(b) Insert brackets so that the answer of the following is zero.
16+8-2x3-5x3

PA (a) This solid set of steps is built with equal cubical blocks. How many
cubical blocks are needed to build it?
 Arithmetic

(b) Write down the total number of triangles of all sizes in the diagram below.

28. (a) The chairs in lecture room A are arranged in 12 equal rows. The chairs in
lecture room B are arranged in 14 equal rows. Each lecture room has the
same number of chairs. What is the smallest possible number of chairs in
each lecture room?
(b) Find the least number of rectangular tiles measuring 9 cm by 15 cm
needed to form a square.

29. Write down the next term in the sequence

EW ini tals apes ro Maka abtra
(Dye 1G 2 30, 49, 64...

30. (a) Draw the 4th pattern of dots in the sequence.

@ ca) @ @ @ @ C @
@ e e@ @ ) @
@ @ @ e ®@ e @

Ist 2nd 3rd

(b) How many dots are there in the Sth pattern?

(c) How many dots are there in the 37th pattern?

S16 Write down the next term in each sequence.

(ayiads 4:123:3.45, 8.
(bb) 1,23:-27; 64, 425,

a2 Write down the next term in each sequence.

(a) 1, -2, 4, -8, 16,

(ey 1 | |
Soe 3 16
Doe Copy and complete the ‘difference table’ below.

es es
Ww
51

34. Write down the next term in each sequence.

(ET a ee es 0) oe ee
(b)> —1;,0;3..8, 15,

35. Write down the next two terms in each sequence.

(a) ile -3, Ze —5, 4, —7, 8, -9, >

(Dy 1A 3. 875,82 en.67 ;

Worked Example 4
The speed of light is given as 3.00 x 10° m/s.
(a) How long does light take to travel 1.08 x 10° km from the Sun to Venus?
(b) If light takes 760 seconds to travel from the Sun to Mars, what is the distance
from the Sun to Mars?

Solution:
(a) Required time = (1.08 x 10'' + 3.00 x 10°) s
=3.6x 10's
= 360s
= 6 min

(b) Required distance = (760 x 3.00 x 10°) m

= 2.28 x 10'' m
= 2.28 x 10° km

Worked Example 5
A train travels 120 km in | h 20 min. During the first 20 minutes, the train moves
at a constant speed of 96 km/h. Calculate the average speed of the train during the
last hour.

Solution:

For the first 20 min, distance covered = 96 x = km

= 732 kim:
:

For the last hour, average speed = moe km/h

= 88 km/h

Worked Example 6
A dealer made a profit of 36% on every item he sold.
(a) Find the cost price of a radio which he sold for $102.
(b) Find the selling price of an electric shaver if he made a profit of $50.40
from it.
 Arithmetic

Solution:
(a) Cost price = $102 + 136%
= $102 + 1.36
S75

(b) Selling price = $50.40 + 36% x 136%

= $190.40

Worked Example 7
Peter’s car travels 11 km per litre of petrol. He sets out from home with a full tank
of 40 litres of petrol for a journey of 660 km.
(a) How much extra petrol will he need to buy in order to complete the journey?
(b) If he wants to stop once for petrol, between which two distances (measured
from home) will he have to stop?
(c) If he stops exactly halfway to buy petrol, at most how much petrol remains in
the tank after the journey?

Solution:
(a) Extra petrol needed = [(660 — 40 x 11) + 11] /
S20

(b) To have empty space for 20 /,

the minimum distance he must travel = 20 « 11 km
= 220\km

Before refilling,
the maximum distance he can travel = 40 x 11 km
= 440 km

Hence he must stop for petrol between 220 km and 440 km (measured from
home).

(c) If Peter stops at 330 km from home,

the empty space in his tank = (330+ 11) /

= 31)

If he tops up his tank,

the amount of petrol left over after travelling the remaining 330 km
=(40 — 330:=11)4
S107
oa

Exercise 5.1B )“ answers on p. 241

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. Diamonds are measured in carats. One carat is a mass of 200 milligrams.

(a) Find the mass, in milligrams, of a 3-carat diamond.
(b) A diamond weighs 1.4 grams. How many carats is this?

Ali’s average monthly salary during 1998 was $1 400. Given that his average
salary for the first eleven months was | 390, find his salary for the month
of December.

An alloy consists of three metals A, B and C in the proportions A : B = 3 : 4 and

B 3G. — Gee. Calculatethe proportionsAy:C:

The speed of light is given as 3 x 10° km/s. Writing each answer in standard
form, calculate
(a) the distance, in metres, that light travels in one minute,
(b) the time, in seconds, that light takes to travel 180 m.

A man cycles 2.5 km up an inclined road in 15 min. Then he cycles on a level

road at a uniform speed covering 6.5 km in 26 min. Finally he cycles 3.5 km
down an inclined road in 9 min. Calculate his average speed in km/h
(a) for the whole journey,
(b) in the first 25 min,
(c) in the last 25 min.

Twelve litres of water is put in tub A and tub B in the ratio 3 : 5.

(a) Express the amount of water in tub A as a fraction of the amount of water
in tub B.
(b) What fraction of the water is in tub B?
(c) What percentage of the water is in tub A?
(d) Is there more water in tub A or in tub B? How many litres more? What
percentage more?

A motorist travelled from town X to town Y at an average speed of 80 km/h.

He covered the first 50 km in 50 min. Find his average speed for the remaining

: of the journey.

Money borrowed for buying a house which is held by the lender as security is
called a mortgage. Samy obtains a mortgage equal to 80% of the purchase
price of a flat. The monthly repayments are $8.10 for each $1 000 borrowed for
20 years. If the purchase price of the flat is $300 000, find
(a) the amount borrowed,
(b) the monthly repayments,
(c) the total cost of the house.
 Arithmetic

The marked price of a set of encyclopedia is $610. A discount of 5% is offered

for cash payment. The set can also be bought on credit by paying a deposit of
$150 followed by 24 monthly instalments of $22.80.
(a) What is the cost of the set for cash payment?
(b) What is the total cost of the set for buying on credit?

10. 160 students took an examination. 55% of them are girls.

(a) How many of the students are boys?
(b) If 75% of the boys passed and 87.5% of the girls passed, what percentage
of the students passed? Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

11. Mr Wang paid $25 000 for a second-hand car. The car depreciates by 20% per
year. What is its worth after 2 years?

12. A man sold a pot of flowers for $18.20 at a loss of 9% and a second pot of
flowers for $32.40 at a profit of 8%.
(a) Find the cost of the first pot of flowers.
(b) Find the cost of the second pot of flowers.
(c) Find the overall percentage profit or loss.

We If a human heart makes 70 beats per minute and pumps about 70 mi of blood
per beat, how much blood is pumped per lifetime if the average life span is
72 years?

14. Mr Wang buys computer diskettes at a price of $4 per 5 pieces and sells them
at $6 per 4 pieces. How many boxes of diskettes must he sell to make a profit
of $420 if there are 10 diskettes in each box?

1. A salesman is paid 65% commission for each sale over $4 000 but 4%

otherwise. If he makes three sales of $5 500, $6 300 and $3 400, what

commission does he expect to receive?

16. Robert and Nancy are employed by a company. Robert is offered a raise of
10% after one year and another 10% increase after another year. Nancy’s
increase is to be 9% after one year and 11% after another year. They both begin
with the same monthly salary of $2 200 and are offered the same yearly bonus
equivalent to 3 months of salary. Who is offered the better deal and by how
much over a period of 3 years?

17. A computer package is on sale in two shops. In the Pay-No-Tax store, it

|
is priced at $2 888, with a discount of oa and GST exempted. The

Buy-N-Save store is offering 12% off the marked price of $2 900 plus

3% GST on the offered price. Which is the better bargain and by how much?

11
3).

18. In a class there are as many boys as girls. 60% of the students can swim.
Among those who can swim, the ratio of the number of boys to the number of
girls is 3 : 2. In the class,
(a) what fraction of the boys can swim,
(b) what percentage of the girls cannot swim?

19. A car travelling at a constant speed takes 55 min to go from point A to point B.
Had the car travelled 10% faster, how much time would be saved?

20. A man earned $68 000 from his employment and $1 225 from other sources.
His total tax reliefs was $3 500.
(a) Calculate his chargeable income.
(b) Ifhe was paying $3 775 for the first $50 000 and the remainder at the rate
of 16%, calculate his tax payable.

21. A sum of $8 800 is deposited as savings in an account offering interest at

5% per annum.
(a) The interest earned is withdrawn each time it is due. In this case the
account earns simple interest. Calculate the simple interest earned after
3 years.
(b) The interest earned is added to the original deposit so that it also earns
interest the following year. In this case the account earns compound
interest. Calculate the compound interest earned after 3 years.

22. Two tractors took 3 hours to plough ; of a field. How long would 3 tractors

take to plough the remaining : of the field?

Zs. Ann has a recipe to make a cake. The main ingredients are:

Flour 90 g
Butter 50 g
Sugar 170 g
Eggs 4

(a) If 5 eggs are used, calculate correct to the nearest 10 grams, the amount
of each of the other ingredients to be used.
(b) If Ann has the following ingredients available: 300 g of flour, 90 g of
butter, 280 g of sugar and 8 eggs, how many eggs should she use to make
the largest possible cake? Show your working.

12
 Arithmetic

24. Infants and children are given drug doses that are fractions of the adult doses.
The Young’s rule is used to calculate the required dose for children, as a
fraction of the adult dose:

age of child in years

Young’s rule: Fractional dose =
age of child + 12

(a) Achild is 5 years 9 months old. What fraction of the adult dose would be
given? If the adult dose is 20 mi, what is the child dose?
(b) What is the age of a child if it is given one third of the adult dose?
(c) Ifa student is given two thirds of the adult dose, how old is the student
according to Young’s rule? Does the answer make sense?

25s Mr Wang decided to give his grandchildren, Peter and Mary, $12 000. This
sum is to be divided between them in the ratio of their ages. The children’s
mother suggested that the money should be invested to allow it to grow for a
few years before being shared out. After 4 years, Peter, aged 6, received his
share of $4 800 and Mary, aged 12, received $9 600.
(a) Express the growth of money as a percentage of the original sum of
$12 000.
(b) Mary said “There is no growth in her share at all.”
Do you agree with Mary? Give a numerical example to support your
opinion.

26. The following income tax table shows part of the rates of tax.

Chargeable income | Gross tax payable

(S) (%o) | Saw
On the first 50 000 3 775.00
On the next 25 000 16 4 000.00
On the first 75 000 7 795.00
On the next 25 000 20 5 000.00 |

(a) There is a typo-error on the last column of the table. Identify this error
and write down the correct amount.
(b) Last year, Mr Lin’s chargeable income was $73 625. Calculate his gross
tax payable.
(c) Mr Lin plans to take up a second job which will increase his chargeable
income by about $2 400 this year. His wife discourages him by saying “If
your chargeable income is about $76 000, your tax rate will increase from
16% to 20% and 4% increase of tax on $76 000 is even more than your
extra earnings.”
Do you agree with Mrs Lin’s argument? Give your opinion with numerical
examples as illustrations.
 ont

ED Jie A credit card has a credit limit. The credit card company will refuse to
authorise payment beyond the credit limit. Molly has a credit limit of $4 000
on her credit card. At the beginning of the month there was an unpaid balance
from last month. During the month she used her card to pay $1 800 for a
computer, $625 for a microwave oven, $235 for her car service and repairs and
$90 for a dress.
(a) If the unpaid balance was not more than $1 000, were authorisations
given by the credit card company for all payments? Give a numerical
example to support your reasoning.
(b) If the credit card company only refused to authorise payment for the
dress, estimate the unpaid balance from last month, correct to the nearest
hundred dollars.

, ae e h Dd): ;
*28. Jim has two sets of drills. The imperial sizes range from I inch to A inch in

steps of = inch. | inch is given as 25.4 mm. The metric sizes range from

5 mm to 20 mm in steps of | mm.

(a) What is the size just before : inch?

(b) How many different sizes are there in the imperial set?

(c) Which size is halfway between :and =?

(d) One of the imperial sizes is missing. The metric size which is the nearest
equivalent is 8 mm. Which imperial size is missing?
(e) By how much, in millimetres, is the missing imperial size larger or
smaller than the equivalent metric size?

229) In a small company with three partners, Albert invested $25 000, Bill invested
$30 000 and Charles invested $20 000. They agreed to share all profits in the
same ratio as their investments. After one year, the company made a profit of
$18 090.
(a) Calculate the amount of profit received by Albert.
(b) After receiving the profit, Albert offered to sell his share for $27 500. Bill
and Charles agreed to buy his share in the same ratio as their investments.
Calculate the amount Bill has to pay Albert.
(c) Calculate the total percentage profit made by Albert after selling his
share.
(d) After another year, the company made a profit of $20 500. After sharing
the profit, Bill sold his share to Charles for $49 500. Calculate the total
profit made by Bill in the two years,

14
 Arithmetic

*30. Three partners Alice, Betty and Carol started a business and they agreed to
invest equally in the company. Alice was short of money. She borrowed
$10 000 from Betty and agreed to pay Betty 20% of her yearly share of profit
of the business. Alice also borrowed $10 000 from Carol and agreed to pay
Carol 10% of her yearly share of profit in addition to 3% interest on her loan.
(a) After one year, how much did Alice pay Betty if she paid Carol $580?
(b) Calculate the profit made by their company in that year.
(c) After another year, Carol received from Alice $80 less than Betty. How
much did Carol receive from Alice?
(d) The average annual percentage profit made by their company was 12.5%.
Calculate their total investment of the business.

eAi At 08 00 a motorist sets out from home on a journey of 600 km with a full tank
of 35 litres of petrol, and travels at an average speed of 60 km/h. His car travels
12 km on 1 litre of petrol.
(a) How much extra petrol will he need to buy in order to complete the
journey?
(b) If he plans to stop once for petrol, between which two times must he stop?
(c) If he still has 15 litres of petrol in his tank after completing his journey,
find the distance he has travelled before he stops to fill his petrol tank
completely.

Ps At a party, the ratio of the number of men to the number of boys is 3 : 4 and
the ratio of the number of women to the number of girls is 2 : 3. If the number
of adults to the number of children is 5 : 7, find the ratio of the number of boys
to the number of girls.
5.2 ALGEBRA

Worked Example 1
Factorise completely the following:
(a) 3x(x+ 2)-6x- 12
(b) 24p* + 18pq -— 27q°

Solution:
(a) 3x SD) = 12 Sn or Sor 12
= 3(¢ — 4)
= 3(x + 2)(x — 2)

(b) 24p° + 18pq — 27q° = 3(8p’ + 6pq — 9q°)

= 3(2p + 3q)(4p — 3q)

Worked Example 2
The equation x* + kx — 756 = 0, where k is a constant, is satisfied by
0:
(a) Find the value of k.
(b) For this value of k, find another value of x for which the equation is satisfied.

Solution:
(a) x +kx-756=0, x=6
6 + k(6) — 756 = 0
gd eal BAD)

(b) Let @ be the other root of the equation.

x4 120% —756=0
(x — 6)(x-a =0
6a = —756
=~ O==126

Worked Example 3
(a) Solve the simultaneous equations.

| 3h

268 Types
| ‘3

6x. FS 2y2 SHS)

(b) Express x in terms of a, b and c in 2 = dc.

x+b

Shee f Ve 4 ft
(c) Make f the subject of the formula h = a fa4 <f
<8 d

16
 Algebra

Solution:
i 3
(a) Diets re) en (1)
] 3

Ce th Airea eee (2)

me
(1) x 2 + (2), LO =
1

pee
D
I
heres
]

(x3)
= 23
eB)
3 1
Weaits
= 2x 4
3
yea
32 2
ardhoes a A
y=9

b eee eA
uy x +b
x—a
= 4c(x + b)
x -—a =4cx
+ 4bc
x—-4cx =a+4bc
x(1 —-4c) =a + 4bec
._@ ¥ 4be
(le Ae

ve 4
(c) = [a+ =)
22g d

2)
\
rg d

2gh or.
Vv? d
2gh
pA ie a
fi
ee
Ve
a)

d (2gh
= =—— iS a
f Ap NV

NZ
52

Worked Example 4
(a) If a= 8b, b =-3c and c = 7d, find, and simplify, an expression for a in terms
of d.
(b) Given that x? + y’ = 65 and xy = 28, find the value of (x — y)’.

Solution:
(a) a= 8b = 8(-3c) = —24c = —24(7d) = -168d

(bh) nce) ee + y= ay = 65 228) = 9

. Worked Example 5
(a) Given
that y=k.| px — 3,find
pif y= 1 when
x = 21 and y=3 when x= 117.
(b) Given that x is a positive integer, solve (2x + 1)(x — 3) = 147.

Solution:
(4) ali ee=21, Jey iii] ONY ec eS. aueneren (1)

dieye oy = 147, Se Kelp Gh ane © deca. (2)

i
2) ++ (1)
(2) (1), 3= +
Bip 23

oti 3
‘ 2lp - 3
189p — 27 = 117p - 3
2p
= 24
ee Z
wep

(b) (2x 4+ 1)@=3)= 147

By observation, Qe4 NxK=—3)=21<7 Thinking:
20S ands = oh, x being a positive
Sen) integer implies that
(2x + 1) is positive and
(x 3) cannot be
Note: The case (2x + 1)(x — 3) = 49 x 3 is rejected because no value of x can negative since their
satisfy both the equations 2x + 1 = 49 and x — 3 = 3. product is positive.

Worked Example 6
Peisne 21x = 72
a) Simplif ; :
(a) ee! Bee ee We a Shy)

[Sitesecil = 72
(b) Solve — as = 0.
3x? — 20x + 32
[Sx ae, 2
(c) Solve —> fe Sad
Sy one oD

18
 Algebra

Solution:
(a) I8x° — 21x — 72 3(2x + 3)(3x — 8)
3x" — 20x + 32 (3x — 8)(x - 4)
2 OX 3)
x-—4

(b) rie = Mile = 72 e

Bye Nee 25 By)
SDs
(250-4. 3) =%
x-—4
ex >= (0)
3
==
2,

LZ 5 ned | 9
a Ee 21x YP 5
20s = Wi)pe <8. 39
3(2x + 3) Mi %
x-—4
6x +9 =-—5x
+ 20
ger
oe irl

Alternative Solution for (b):

18x? — 21x — 72 _
Se va ee
ix Dix— 72 = 0
6x = Ix = 24 =0
Ox 3)Gx—8) =.0

te — OF Y= : (rejected)

Note: Take x= =

The denominator = 3 (=) = 20(5 |+ 32

ee toile igra5
3. «3
bicte Ee 9)
3
-(
Ows 2: ,
But F is indeterminate.

19
5

Worked Example 7
(a)) Solve w= 1<5.S 2x4 | ae yer
(b) Given that -6 < x <5 and-—5 < y < 10, find the greatest value of x —y.

Solution:
(a) We have x-7 <5, pty sp an
and Dee 1 5s Me es!
ee Se

(b) Greatest value of x° — y’ = (-6) —0

= 36

Exercise 5.2A -D answers on p. 242

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. Given that p = -3, g = 2 and r=5, find the value of

(a) 3q-7p, (b) qr,
(c) pq +r, Ge qd
p=
if

2. Given that a = Z
ae b = —2 and c = —1, find the value of

(a) a+b-—2c, (b) 2abc’,

a a b
c , d = F
(©) ly = 6 wy b+e C= a4

' 1
3. Given that x = a PSO. = -; and w = 0, find the value of

nae
1
ey
!
(b) xy--,
Z
aD | l
(Cc) xyz, (d) —— +

4. Given that a = 3.5, b= 1.5, c = 2.6 and d = 7.4, find the value of
(a) ac + be, (b) ab + cd,
a-—b
Oa ) >
CAG d ;
@ a-d c-—b

20
 It is given that p = 4 x 10“, find the value of each of the following, giving
your answers in standard form.
(a) x (b) Jp
(c) p (d) p+ (0.011)

Given that a= 16, b= 81, m =—2 andn= -,find the value of

(a) a’, (b) b’,

(Cc) a+b (d) 9b" +1.

Find the value of x

(a) ifx=6 and y=0, (b) if x =O and y=6,
(c) if x=—4 and y = 2, (d) ifx=2 and y=—-4.

Simplify each of the following:

(a)
Ip'q Xx 42pq°
: b
Ipq + 42pq°
21 pq° we 21 pqr

fy ACI een (d) ae + 3a{c + 4

Simplify each of the following:

(a) 4x2 x 3x (he ISyz- 4

(3x — 8) 3 1-x Ox =)
c d) —— —- ———
(©) 2 4 (d) 5 3

10. Express as a single fraction in its simplest form.

5 3 2 3
—_ - = b +
(a) x -— 3 Bs (») 3x + | ped
a — 3b | | 2
c d) —--+-
(c) 2a+b MY Pp q ir

(Wie Factorise completely the following:

(a) 12ab’ + 18bc° (b) 3a + 6ab + 9a
(c) 4ab — 12be + 8abc (d) 3a(b—1)+ 6(b- 1)

12. Factorise completely the following:

(a) 4ac—-12bce-3b+a (b) pg —-6g —2p + 12
(c) 6xy + 6z— 12xz - 3y (d) ze(x+2y) + 2x+4y+7 +2z

13: Factorise completely the following:

(a) 3x =42% (b) 3x°- 12
(c) oe = 2s (A). Se
Sz

14. Factorise completely the following:

(Ain AS 3330 (hb) 3x aly
(c) 2x~%-1)4+2x-8 (d) 3(22x-1) -3

15. Factorise completely the following:

(a) 6a’ — 26a + 24 (b) 3x +. 15718
(On 20-4 6x — 2, (d),, 12%. -3365227

16. Factorise completely the following:

(a)iedliGy Oxy 272 (b) 12a* + 41lab — 15b°
(Cree or ae) @) (Gael) @ A) 2

17. Solve the following equations.

(aa, (b) 2> = Sx

QO) Ge AG
(a) 32 = 8x

18. Given that y = o where k is a constant and that y = 5 when x = 3, find

Xx

(a) the value of k,

(b) the value of y when x = -5,

(c) the value of x when y = 230.

19. Given that y = kx” where k is a constant and that y = 28 when x = 2, find
(a) the value of k,
(b) the value of y when x = —4,
(c) the values of x when y = 1.75.

: k :
20. Given that y = —2 where k is a constant and that y = 80 when x = 3, find

(a) thevalue
ofk,
(b) the value of y when x = -6,
(c) the values of x when y = 20.

21. The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = kx+ 1, where k is
a constant. Pairs of corresponding values are given below.

Find the values of k, p and gq.

22
 Algebra

22. The equation x° + kx — 576 = 0, where k is a constant is satisfied bye —.6:

(a) Find the value of k.
(b) For this value of k, find another value of x for which the equation is
satisfied.

23. Solve the following equations.

(a) 6¢+5=7-3t (b) 3(1 = 2x) — 5@ =—3)=0
(c) 72p-1)=3(1 -p)+1 (d) S(a — 5) —2(a-1)=a-2

24. Solve the following equations.

3 56 1
a) —-==-— (b)
(a) 5 2 4
3x + 1 sy = DSS
€ = =5 (d)
(c) 4 6

25. Solve the simultaneous equations.

(a) 2x-S5y=12 (b)
4x + 3y =-2

26. Solve the simultaneous equations.

(a) 2x-3y=13 (b) 2(3x —y)+1=0
ee vi 0 y-2x-1=0

27. Solve the simultaneous equations.

(a) 2x-y=8 (b) 5i aa ee

4y + 2x =-27 mi
a6 Cy =)

28. Solve the following equations.

(a) x(x-3)=0 (b) (x — 3)(x + 5) =0
(c) 3x°-6x=0 (d) x(2x + 1)-4x-2=0

29. Solve the following equations.

Giemsa 5:9 (b) 4a’— 23a+15=0
(c) 4p°-12p+9=0 (d) 1Op 0p = 0

30. Solve the following equations.

(a) 2x(13 — 3x) = 24 (b) (Qx — 1)Gx + 2) = 55
(c) (5 —2x)(3 +x) = 14 (d) (3x + 7)(6x — 1) = 27

3x? 4.50 — 2
31. implif :
Se alae De a AT E56
(b) Solve the following:
3 aoe = 2 =6 Bie Eee.y 2
(i) (ii)
De Tt G Ix + 1x + 6 2)

23
Sia

3
]
32. a) Simplif - ~ ;
i) Pees Ae 3 2x +9
(b) Solve the following:
3 I
(i) ~ = 0
2x — 3 2x +9

Ape eS
2x -— 3
4 2x +9
1
aye1413}

x+4 x— 2
33. a) Simplify ——————— + ———.
(a) De a oye D Xt
(b) Solve the following:
(i x+4 e —2 a;
x + 3x +2 x + 2x

Gy) ~A**_ +2
Kee Soe ti 2 Ke
:.
eG
== | D,

34. Solve the following:

ieee WS eee
eG. 18 (b) = 3) HX
2 (peat 2 1 = 8
[crema ae te yo = 3 Os XG

35. Solve the following:

40x
(a) x+ =
x+2
1 1 x
b =
D) qh SEA) x + 1

Spec’ )(- Ie
e 1h) Wee! Oe
(d) M(x - 2) _ 5x + 29
x + | 1

36. Solve the following inequalities.

(a) 2x+3>0 (b) as
She SS (0)
(c) 2x+5<5x-3 (d) 15 — (4- 3x) = 10

DJs Solve the following inequalities.

(a) 3 <3x-758 (b) el
ae Qe pip

(c) -1<3r+ ><! (d) 25

Sie Sle
=

38. Solve the following inequalities.

(a) x=1<3:< 2x%=—7 (b) x-3<1257x+8
x l
iC) a “ia ge) 5s
(|= 2x) (d) -l-x<18<3-4,y

24
 Algebra

39. Given that 37 — 4x < 31, find

(a) the least value of x, (b) the least integral value of x.

40. Given that x is an integer such that 35 < 6x — 17 < 50, list the possible values
Ofx.

41. Find the integer for which -1 <x-—2 <3 and7<2x+1< 16.

42. Given that -15 < x = 8 and-13 < y S 6, find

(a) the greatest value of x° — y’, (b) the smallest value of — .

yo— x

43. (a) Find the odd integer n for which n — 2 S 6 and 4n — 1 > 19.
(b) List the pairs of coordinates, (x, y), for which x and y are positive integers,
such that 4x + 3y = 29. (C)

44. (a) Given that f= 100(1 _ “s"}. express ¢, in terms of ¢ and d.

(b) Given that «= Es[= _ }express R in terms of tf, a and Rp.

a\ R
; 1 i I :
(c) Given that — = — + , express R, in terms of R and R,,.
ROS oR :

f : ‘ W
45. The formula used in an experiment is E = i y
+ Xx
(a) Find the value of E when W = 30 and x = 18, expressing your answer as
a fraction in its lowest terms.
(b) Express W in terms of E and x. (C)

46. When a sum of money, $P, is invested at R% simple interest for T years, the
; JIRSE
amount of money, $A, is calculated by using the formula A = P + aie

(a) Samy invests $3 000 at 8% simple interest. Calculate the amount of

money he will have at the end of 25 years.

a

PRT
(b) Make R the subject of the formula A = P + One

47. (a) Given that P = S +c, express v in terms of P, a, b and c.

Vv
a Oy
Uu 6
(b) Given that h = , express u in terms of h, v and g.

25
52

48. Express x in terms of a, b and c, given that

a Cc 3 1
(a) 5
—-= 3xc + b, (b)
b i, ae

x +a 1 Cc ctl
i d + = ;
(c) x=b a6 (d) x-a x —bD x

3V
49. (a) Make V the subject of the formula r = ~
1

“. i hgT* 245
(b) Make T the subject of the formula k = ; [ise

4 ftV’
50. (a) Make h the subject of the formula d = eee
2gh —aV"

(b) Make ¢ the subject of the formula s = a + Wee +a.

t

ap (a) Ifa = 5b andb = —c,findc in terms ofa.

(b) If a=1-—-2b and b = 4(c — 1), find c in terms of a.

32. If a = 7b, b = —4c and c = 6d, find, and simplify, an expression

(a) for ain terms of d, (b) for din terms of b.

SOs (a) Given that a+b =5 anda -—b =-2, find the value of a’ — b’.
(b) Given that p* + g° = 169 and pq = 60, find the value of
8 =e (ii) pq.

54. (a) Given that a + b = 17 and ab = 60, find the value of

(Gi), fae ee (ii) (a — by.
(b) Given that (a — b) = 1 and ab = 6, find the value of
(Do (ad). di) a+b.

ah, (a) Given that x + y = a and x — y = b, show that a’ — b’ = 4xy.

(b) Given that a — b =m and ab = n, show that a’ + b* = m? + 2n.

l
56. Given that y = ae where k is a constant and that y = z when x = 4 and
aX te

Le
y=2 when x = et find

(a) the value of a,

(b) the value of k,
(c) the value of y when x = 11,
(d) the value of x when y = 3.

26
 Algebra

57. Given that y = m(vVax + 7), find a if y = 20 when x = 3 andy = 25 when

x = 6. Hence find the value of m.

58. Given that x is a positive integer, solve

(a) xe 3) = 128:
(b) Gi+i@x — 1) = 20.

59. Given that x and y are positive integers, solve

(ayme(2x + y)(a = 2y) = 7,
(b) (x — y)(3x — 2y) = 13.

60. If 3x -5y + 1 =0, express 2x — y

(a) in terms of x,
(b) in terms of y.

Worked Example 8

e@ & @ @ & Cd @ @
® e@ gs @ ® @ e @ @ @ @ @
cy] . e @ @ @ @ .

Ist 2nd 3rd 4th

(a) How many dots are there in the 5th pattern?

(b) How many dots are there in the 10th pattern?
(c) Find a formula for the number of dots in the nth pattern.

Solution:

4 7 I0 13 (HLO2)
Ne ee eS
3 3 3 3

It is observed from the ‘difference table’ that

(a) the 5th term = 4 + 4(3) = 16,
(b) the 10th term = 4 + 9(3) = 31,
(c) the nth term = 4 + (n — 1)(3) = 3n + I.

Note: 5th term = 4th term + 3 = 3rd term + 3 + 3 = 2nd tem+3+3+3

= Ist tem +3+34+3+4+3

Pai
Sh

Worked Example 9
LOST 316.2200
(a) Write down the 6th term in the sequence.
(b) Write down the 10th term in the sequence.
(c) Find, by investigation, a formula for the nth term in the sequence.

Solution:

VIA
10, Mie oe 16, 20, ( Nae

(a) The 6th term = 10+ (1+2+3+4+4+45) Speenay!

alte een rena
on ae
Note: Inthe 5 by 6 rectangular pattern, ;of the dots are coloured. Therefore,

[+2434445= 2% 9.
(b) The 10th trm=10+(1+2+3+...4+9) ee ee

Sars uae a ee
< Motes ccs
(c) The nth term =10+[14+2+4+3+...+(@m-1)] O40 % 28, 6679.8
a10.4 Vea De
e
_w-—n+ 20
Ps

Note: By studying the pattern of the following simple cases:

l+2+3+ 4 + 5 a

142+3+
44+ 5+6 ee

1+243+44 5464+7=-1%8

E2434, a ROS De oe ee
a

We discover that the formula for sum of the first N natural numbers is
N(1 + N)
Ce 5 :

28
 Algebra

Worked Example 10
Alice bought 120 plums at x cents each and 100 peaches at y cents each. She put
6 plums and 5 peaches in each bag and sold the bags for (9x + 6y) cents each.
(a) Write down, in terms of x and y, an expression for
(i) the amount of money, in dollars, she spent on fruit,
(ii) the total amount of money, in dollars, she received from selling her bags
of fruit.
(b) Given that her cost was $80 and she made a profit of 38%, find the value of
x and of y.

Solution:
(a) (i) Amount of money Alice spent = (120x + 100y) cents
= (1.2x + y) dollars

(ii) Number of bags sold is 120 + 6 (or 100 + 5) = 20

Amount of money from the sale = 20(9x + 6y) cents
= (1.8x + 1.2y) dollars

(b) Cost: 2 y= 60) esos (1)

Profit: 1.8x + 1.2y —(1.2x + y) = 0.38 x 80
OO 2230.4 ees (2)

(1) — 2) x 2, 0:6y = 19,2

Cy

From (1), 1.2x + 32 = 80

xe 40

Worked Example 11
A man pays $60 for x kg of prawns. With the same amount of money, he can buy
3 kg more fish than prawns. If the price of fish and prawns is each reduced by $1.00
per kg, he can buy 5 kg more fish than prawns with $60.
(a) Copy and complete the table below.

Original price Reduced price

- Amount Price per kg Amount Price per kg

(kg) ($) (kg) ($)

oA 60 60
—-|
Prawns x —
X X

Hees es | he } +

60 on
Fish x+3 Pa. ae

(b) Form an equation and show that it reduces to x —11ix + 1 260 = 0.

(c) Solve the equation in part (b) and find how many kilograms of prawns the man
can buy with $60 at the original price.

29
5:2

Solution:

(a)
ES ee
Original price Reduced
a5price
|

E Amount Price per kg Amount | Price per kg

(kg) ($) (kg) ($)
A: i S iis
Le 60 60 60
Asis —-|

| cv
Prawns x x OOF 5 x
X

60 60 64 1
Fish x+3 x +3 ite x + 3
x +3

(b) Required equation is

SORE
60 1
eS
60 I
x +3 a
60x + 3) 60x _
al Sak 60 — x
60(x + 3)(60 — x) — 60x(57 — x) = 5(57 — x)(60 — x)
er 4574+ 180 57x +x = 3 420] Tiree
2 NO = = 1 ee SAO
KSI ed QOD

(c) x 11 260= 0
(x — 12)(x — 105) = 0
le Or x =105- “(Gelected)

Hence 12 kg of prawns can be bought with $60 at the original price.

Note: Suppose x = 105.

Then the reduced price of prawns per ke — ( - 1

This is absurd.
“5-4
30
 Algebra

Worked Example 12

oa 2nd

Toothpicks are used to make geometrical patterns. Study the number sequences in
the table, and then answer the questions that follow.
a
Number of points
Number of Number of at which 2 or more
toothpicks used regions formed toothpicks meet
(T) (R) (P)
=) | D

14 4 11

DY y (pe

44 16 29

a b Cc

(a) Write down the value of the letters a, b and c in the fifth line of the table.
(b) Form, and write down, an equation connecting 7, R and P.
(c) Using your formula, or otherwise, find the value of T when R = 81 and P = 109.
(d) Do you think that the number | 000 could appear in the R column? Explain
your answer.
(e) Find the 10th term of the sequence in the P column.
(f) Find a formula for the nth term of the sequence in the P column.
(g) Find a formula for the nth term of the sequence in the T column.

Solution:
By observation, we have:
(a) ‘a= 657b=25 and ic =41

(b) T=R+P-1
(c) T=81
+ 109-1 = 189
(d) The numbers in the R column form a sequence of square numbers. The number
1 000 is not a square number, so it could not appear in the R column.

31
B72

(eS: I be WE 29, Al,

Sv

6 8 10 1, 14

10th term of (P) =5+23+4+5+6+...+

11)
9 terms

=5 42/20 510)
i
== dle}ll @°0@
10
50
O20
0)
‘O70;
°C @®
@0
OO
© C0
eo
eee
ee
oO
ads @eeeeeeee7e39e#2i402o0od0oado0
@eeeeeee7e1eeeod0ecoond
eeeeeeee7e7e781eo0ocd0co
@eeeeeee9285eeo0oed0oceodoood
© eeeeee7eeo0oe0eocdodododod
0
0© @eeeeooe0oce0odcodododo0oddoddsd
@
6

(f) nth term of (P) =54+2(3+4+5+6+...+(n+4+1))

|

(n — 1) terms

=542/= NB+n+ 2]
2

=5+(n+4)(n-1)
=n +3n+1

(g) We have L=R+-P= 1

nth term of (T) =n? + (n° + 3n + 1)-1
= 2n’
+ 3n

Note: Eee) , the sum of the sequence 3 +445 +4->->~ + 11, can be

‘ Dstt ,
rewritten as x 9, and interpreted as:

average of first and last terms x number of terms

In general, we have:
the sum of consecutive numbers is the average of the first term and the last
term multiplied by the number of terms

Alternative Solution for (g):

A ay,

Sy Thy Sy tepate
a1, ee
Bi ae ae
Suppose sequence A has n terms. Then sequence B has N terms where N = n — 1,
Nth term of sequence B=9+ (444+...

(N — 1) terms

=e
4(N = |.)
=4N+5

32
 Algebra

Sum of sequence B= 9+ 13+ 17+...+(4N+4+5)

— Se

N terms

= (41) + 5] + [4(2) +5] + (46) +5] +... .4+ [4N +5]

=4714+24+3+...4+N)4+Nx5
| N
= 7 x) +5

= 7N + 2N

nth term of sequence A= 5+ (9+ 134+174+...+4N+4+5)

= 54IN YON
SSer iin 1) e2n—1)
= 5 tyiniswickQn adn 42
= 2n’+ 3n

Exercise 5.2B }4 answers on p. 243

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. (a) Two numbers written in standard form are A = 6 x 10° and B = 2 x 10°.
Work out, giving each of your answers in standard form,
Cie
(ii) Ax B,
(iii) A + B.
(b) Nine million people live in London. Each year, 1.53 million tonnes of
garbage is collected. Work out how many kilograms of garbage each
person throws away, on average, each year. [1 000 kg = 1 tonne] (C)

Einstein’s formula E = mc’ states that E units of energy are produced when a
decrease in mass of m kilograms occurs.
The velocity of light, c, is 3 x 10° metres per second.
There are | million milligrams in a kilogram.
(a) Write 2 milligrams in kilograms, using standard form.
(b) Use Einstein’s formula to work out the number of units of energy
produced by a decrease in mass of 2 milligrams.
(c) An electric light bulb uses 100 units of energy each second. How many
units does it use in 1 hour?
(d) Find how many electric light bulbs could be lit for | hour by a decrease
in mass of 2 milligrams. (C)

Prove, for all non-zero values of p and g, that

Una
er ha
33
52

(b) (i) By substituting p = 3 and q = 2 show that the above identity reduces
to

pill pA’ Bey

D 3 2 3

(ii) By evaluating 2- x 1 and 2- + 12 prove that the statement in

(b)(i) is true.
(c) By choosing other integer values of p and q, where p and q are different,
write down four other statements similar to that in part (b)(i). Include at
least one statement in which the value of p is negative. (C)

Ge oie Se The diagram represents a glass containing

milk.
When the height of the milk in the glass is
h cm, the diameter, d cm, of the surface of

the milk is given by the formula d = : + 6.

hom (a) Find d when h = 10.

(b) Find d when h = 8.5.
(c) What is the diameter of the bottom of
the glass?
(d) The diameter of the top of the glass is
Nor roel 9 cm. What is the height of the glass?
(C)

(a) Find the solution set of the inequality 3 — 2x < 11.

(b) (i) Solve the equation x° + x — 30 = 0.
(ii) Solve the equation x° + x — 15 = 0, giving your answers correct to
two decimal places.
a+b 2
(c) Simplify, as far as possible, — : (€)
py P Ma SU a a yah = SV

Solve the following equations, giving your answers correct to 2 decimal

places.
(a) 7 + 37— 13 =0 (a a Oe
(c) 2x -4x-3=0 (d) x — 200x + 6 000 = 0

(a) Simplify as far as possible 2(t — 5) — t(t — 3).

(b) Factorise completely
(i) xy" = xy,
(ii) ac — 2bc + 3ad — 6bd.

(c) Solve the equation 7 = oe

V

(d) Given that p is inversely proportional to g and that p = 20 when q = 2, find

the value of p when g = 8. (C)

34
 Algebra

Express as a single fraction

pases) st cen3y
(b) It is given thatx = 72° + 1 andy=r+7.
(i) Find the value of x and the value of ywhen ¢=—4.
(ii) Find the values of t for which x = y.
(iii) Express ¢ in terms of y.
(iv) Hence express x in terms of y. (C)

(a) Factorise completely zr + 2arh + rl.

(b) Solve the equation 7x — 4(x + 5) = 13.

(c) Solve the inequality 2n — 1 > a

: aig ener : 5 2
(d) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form se
a-3 a- |
(e) Four children took some cakes to a party. Beryl took p cakes each of mass
50 g. Elizabeth took q cakes each of mass 100 g. Peter and Roy each took
r cakes each of mass 250 g. Write down an expression, in terms of p, ¢
and r, for
(i) the total number of cakes taken to the party,
(ii) the total mass of the cakes. (C)

10. (a) Solve the equation 3x° + 6x — 1 = 0, giving your answers correct to
2 decimal places.

. by?
(b) Given that R = \<+ ip , express v in terms of R, a, b and k.

(c) A man wishes to plant a total of 325 beans and cabbages in a plot of land
of area 190 m’. To grow successfully, beans need 0.4 m° of land each and
cabbages need 0.7 m’ of land each. Taking x to represent the number of
bean plants and y to represent the number of cabbage plants, write down
two equations which satisfy these conditions. Hence find the values of
x and y.

11. The basal metabolic rates (BMR), in MJ per day of adults (MJ means
megajoules or | million joules) are given by the following equations:

Men: BMR = 0.048m + 3.653

Women: BMR = 0.062m + 2.036

where m is body mass in kg.

(a) Find the basal metabolic rate for a man weighing 65 kg and for a woman
weighing 58 kg.
(b) The average daily energy expenditure for light work is 1.5 times the basal
metabolic rate. If the daily energy expenditure of a man doing light work
is 8.52 MJ, find his body mass.

35
52

12. A piece of elastic string 18 cm long hangs from a fixed

oy
point F as shown in diagram I. When a mass, M g, is
attached to the lower end, the length of the elastic string
18 cm increases to L cm, as shown in diagram II. For every
eos NO g attached, the length of the elastic string increases by
sci:
(a) Write down a formula connecting the extended length
M cb of the elastic string, L cm, with the mass, M g, which
is attached to it.
Diagram I Diagram I
(b) If M = 600, find L.
tc) IC =0s. ind
(d) If the unstretched length of the elastic string increases by x% ee amass
y g is attached to it, express y in terms of x.

13. Ann and Betty went marketing together.

(a) Ann bought 400g of prawns and | kg 300g of fish for $17.90. This
information can be expressed as:
0.4x + 1.3y = 17.9
What do the letters x and y stand for?
(b) Betty bought twice as much of the same type of prawns and half as much
of the same type of fish for $19.03. Write down an equation to represent
this information.
(c) Use the two equations in parts (a) and (b) to find the price per kg of
(i) the prawns,
(ii) the fish.

14. Ali and Samy visited a durian stall together.

(a) Ali bought 5 grade A durians. He could have saved $10 if he had bought
5 grade B durians instead. This information can be expressed as:
5x — 5y = 10
What do the letters x and y stand for?
(b) Samy bought 9 grade A durians. He could have 3 durians more if he had
bought grade B durians instead. Write down an equation to represent this
information.
(c) Use the two equations in parts (a) and (b) to find the price of each
(i) grade A durian,
(ii) grade B durian.

15. The capacity of a jug is x m/ and y such jugs of water are needed to fill a
container.
(a) Ifa jug with a capacity larger by 400 m/ is used, then the number ofjugs
of water needed is decreased by 8. Write down an equation in x and y and
show that it reduces to 50y — x = 400.
(b) If ajug with a capacity smaller by 200 m/ is used, then the number ofjugs
of water needed is increased by 10. Write down an equation in x and y,
expressing it in its simplest form.
(c) Use the two equations in parts (a) and (b) to find the values of x and y.
(d) Calculate the capacity of the container in litres.

36
 Algebra

16. A, B and C are three rectangles. The length of A is 4. cm longer than the length
of B. The length of B is 1 cm longer than the length of C. The width of A is
]
2 a cm shorter than the width of B. The width of B is ; cm shorter than the

width of C. If A, B and C have the same area, find the area of each rectangle.

17. Ann’s daily wage is $10 less than Bill’s. So she has to work 4 days more than
Bill to earn the same amount of money as Bill. If Bill earns $480, find Ann’s
daily wage.

18. (a) The sides of a rectangle are (2x — 3) cm and (x + 1) cm. Given that the area
of the rectangle is 14 cm’, write down an equation in x and show that it
eeducesto 2 ea 17 0;
(b) Solve the equation 2x° — x — 17 = 0, giving your answers correct
to 2 decimal places. Write down the length of the longer side of the
rectangle.

19.

(x + 3)

B
(3x— 1) g

ABCD is a rectangle in which AB = (x + 3) cm and BC = (3x — 1) cm.

Different values of x are involved in each of parts (a), (b) and (c) of this
question.
(a) If the perimeter of the rectangle is 52 cm, form an equation in x and solve
it.
(b) If, instead, the length of the diagonal AC is 20 cm, form an equation in
x and solve it. Hence find the length of AB.
(c) POQORS is another rectangle in which PQ = x cm and QR = (x + 6) cm. The
rectangle ABCD now has an area which is twice the area of PORS.
(i) Form an equation in x and show that it reduces to x — 4x - 3 = 0.
(ii) Solve this equation in x, giving your answers correct to 2 decimal
places. (C)

20. (a) Dolly is x years old and her mother, Mary, is (7x — 56) years old. Given
that Mary is three times as old as Dolly,
(i) write down, in terms of x, an equation connecting their ages,
(ii) solve the equation for x,
(iii) find Mary’s age.

(b) Solve oe ue 7 = 0, giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places.

v v

37
52

21. (a) James buys 3 large ice-cream cornets and 2 small ice-cream cornets. They
cost him $3.35. Susan buys 2 large ones and 3 small ones. They cost her
$3.15. Use algebra to find the cost of one large cornet, and the cost of one
small cornet.
eV
(b)
x

10

D G
10

Points M and N are marked on the sides AB, AD of a square ABCD of side
10 cm.

AV ANGcm:

The area of the shaded triangle is 30 cm’.

(i) By considering areas, show that x° — 20x + 60 = 0.
(ii) Solve the equation x — 20x + 60 = 0. Hence find the value of x,
correct to two decimal places. CC}

22. A plane flew from Harare to Khartoum and then returned to Harare.
(a) On each journey the plane flew at a cruising height of 35 O00 feet. Given
that | metre is approximately 3.28 feet, calculate the cruising height of
the plane, in metres, giving your answer correct to 2 significant figures.
: l
(b) On the outward journey, 72 a % of the seats were occupied. On the return

journey there were 10 more passengers on the plane and it was

three-quarters full. Calculate the number of passengers the plane could
carry when full.
(c) The distance from Harare to Khartoum is approximately 3 600 kilometres.
(i) Travelling from Harare the plane completed the journey in x hours.
Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the average speed on the
outward journey.
(ii) On the return flight, because of a strong headwind, the plane took
one hour longer to complete the journey.
Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the average speed on the
return journey. ;
(d) The difference in the average speeds on the two flights was 50 kilometres
per hour. Form an equation in x and show that it reduces to
pn Oe at LO)
(e) Solve the equation x° +x — 72 =0 and hence find the speed on the outward
journey. (C)

38
 Algebra

23. Peter bought x kg of fish for $66. He sold 15 kg of them at a profit of

$4 per kg.
(a) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the selling price of each
kilogram of fish.
(b) He later sold the remaining fish at $5 per kg. Write down an expression
in terms of x, for the total amount of money, in dollars, he received on the
transaction.
(c) Given that Peter received $140 altogether, form an equation in x and show
that it reduces to x° — 31x + 198 = 0.
(d) Solve this equation, and write down the number of kilograms of fish that
was bought initially.

24. (a) The cost, C dollars, of using a telephone is given by the formula
C =a + bn, where n is the number of units of time during which the
telephone is used, and a and Db are constants.
When 200 units of time are used the cost is $49 and when 500 units of
time are used the cost is $85.
(i) Write down two equations in a and b.
(ii) Solve these equations to find the value of a and the value of b.
(iii) Find the cost if the telephone is used for 100 units of time.

(b) P

Dh
x—1|

2 x+2 “

POR is a triangle in which POR = 90°.

(i) Given that PO = (x — 1) cm, QR = (x + 2) cm and PR = 2x cm, form
an equation in x and show that it reduces to 2x° — 2x — 5 = 0.
(ii) Solve this equation, giving your answer correct to two decimal
places. (C)

25. Samy bought x T-shirts, each at the same price, for a total cost of $168.
(a) Write down an expression for the cost of each T-shirt in terms of x.
(b) He sold 20 of them for $240, and the rest at a loss of $2 per T-shirt. Write
down an expression for the total amount, in dollars, he received for all the
T-shirts.
(c) Given that Samy made a profit of $92 altogether, form an equation in x
and show that it reduces to x° — 94x + 1 680 = 0.
(d) Solve the equation in part (c) to find the possible values of x.
(e) Explain briefly which value of x in part (d) you would choose to be the
number of T-shirts bought by Samy initially.

39
Sr

26. Last week, Dolly bought x kg of grade B coffee powder for $12. If she bought
grade A coffee powder instead, she would get 200 g less for $12. This week,
the price of coffee powder for both grades increased by $5.00 per kg. If Dolly
buys grade A coffee powder instead of grade B coffee powder, she will get
120 g less for $12.
(a) Copy and complete the table below.

Last week This week |

Coffee
powder Price per kg | Amount Price per kg
($) (kg) ae ($)

12 a
£)

Grade B
x
| 4
.
Grade A
x — 0.2

(b) Form an equation in x and show that it reduces to 5x + 115x — 108 =0.
(c) Solve the equation in part (b) and find how much grade B coffee powder
Dolly bought last week.

21, (a) In the two examples below, the second number is twice the first, and the
third number is twice the second.

Which three numbers, following this rule, give 112?

(b) Consider the pattern

Reg Veen
o> Aaa Be
RPIEN)? 24
Teme Me

foe er UL

(i) Write down the seventh line in the pattern.

(ii) Find the value of 1437 — 142’,
(iii) Find integer values of x and y which satisfy the equation
ey= 101.

40
 Algebra

28. Write down the nth term in each of the following sequences.
a) Soe TAS cers (pye2..4.6,8....
C2) BO pi asSee "Cd Jl ceWRI bs GR |

29, CO
ee eee0e
ee @@eee @ee0e60
ee @®@eee @©®@eeeee0e @@eeee0e0ee@
@@ @eee @eeeeee@
@e @eee
ee

Ist 2nd 3rd 4th

(a) How many dots are there in the Sth pattern?

(b) How many dots are there in the 10th pattern?
(c) Find a formula for the number of dots in the nth pattern.

30.
Ce

Z rw,
oe Pee vs an
Le tats he she2
Ist 2nd 3rd 4th

Toothpicks are used to form groups of hexagons. Study the number patterns in
the table and then answer the questions that follow.

| Number of Number of small Number of points at which 2 |

toothpicks used (T) hexagons formed (H) or more toothpicks meet (P)
r +
6 ] | 6

15 i 3 18

27 6 vib
: 4 4

42 10 33
= r 4
a b | %e

(a) Write down the value of the letters a, b and c in the fifth line of the table.
(b) Form, and write down, an equation connecting the letters 7, H and P.
(c) Using your formula, or otherwise, find the value of P when T = 162 and
H=45.
(d) Give a simple reason why the number 334 could not appear in the
T column.
(e) Find the 10th term of the sequence in the H column.
(f) Find a formula for the nth term of the sequence in the H column.

41
 52

31. 1 8 dO ghee es
(a) Write down the 6th term in the sequence.
(b) Write down the 12th term in the sequence.
(c) Find, by investigation, the nth term in the sequence.

*32. Study the number patterns in the table and then answer the questions below.
(a) Write down the value of the letters a, b and c in =
the fifth line of the table. A B C
(b) One row of the pattern is p, q, r. yr
(i) Write down an equation for g in terms of p. I 3 | ?
(ii) Write down an equation connecting p, g 2 6 [Ss
and r. i 1
(c) Write down the nth term of the sequence = | 12 | 36
(i) inthe A column, 8 Ee OTZ
(ii) in the B column, i:
(iii) in the C column. Pith aePai 8
*33. /\

Ist 2nd 3rd 4th

Matchsticks are used to make geometrical patterns. Study the number

sequences in the table and then answer the questions that follow.

Number of Number of small Number of small |

matchsticks used triangles formed squares formed
(M) (T) [ (S)
6 I |
17 4 > ripktinpe 3 ' )
— = > -4
38) ) 6
54 16 ) 10 ;
a b C

42
 Algebra

(a) Write down the value of the letters a, b and c in the fifth line of the table.
(b) Copy and complete the following table.

Me T |7S

6 Hf
iT
17 4 21

33

54

(c) Form, and write down, an equation connecting the letters M, T and S.
(d) Find a formula for the nth term of the sequence in the M column.

*34. A car leaves town X at 08 00 and arrives at town Y at 09 15. During the first
hour of the journey, the car travels at a constant speed of 80 km/h. If the
average speed of the car between 08 15 and 09 15 is 2 km/h less than the
average speed for the whole journey, find
(a) the distance of the journey from town X to town Y,
(b) the average speed between 08 15 and 09 15.

ESD: Ann’s daily wage is $8 less than Bill’s. So she has to work 3 days more than
Bill to earn the same amount as Bill. Carol’s daily wage is $8 more than Bill’s.
She can afford to work 2 days less than Bill if she wants to earn the same
amount of money as Bill. Find the amount of money Bill earns.

43
5.3 GEOMETRY

Worked Example 1
In AABC, DE and BC are parallel, and BE-= BC
Given that BED = 34° and BAE = 52°, calculate
(a) EBC,
(b) DEA, - ve
(c) ABE é

Cc
Solution: B
(a) y=? « (alts (DE //*RG)
So EBC = 34°
(b) y°o+x°+x° 180° (Z sum of A)
1
Ce u3Oy
A y’)

1
= —(180°
a — 34° )

oS.
LS N ghCOlie AS «DEE )
= fom
So» DEA = 73°
(cy) =2° ew = xo 7 (ext. Z. of 4)
We = Xe oA.
aaa po weet Das
=a
So ABE = 21°

Worked Example 2
In the diagram, AB is a diameter of the circle,
centre O, and BCE is a straight line. Given
that ABD = 24° and BDC = 41°, calculate
(a) BAD,
(b) ECD,
(c) AOC.

44
 Geometry

Solution:
(a) BAD =90° —- 24° (Z ina semicircle)
= 06>

(b) ECD = BAD (ext. Z of cyclic quad.)

66"

(c) CBD'= ECD — BDC (ext. Z of A)

= 66° 41°
= 95°
So AOC =) 2 ABC) (Z at centre = twice Z at circumference)
Slee + 25")
aS

Worked Example 3
In the diagram, O is the centre of the A
circle and BE is a tangent at B. Given
that CBA = 33°, find ,
(a) ABE,
(b) BOD,
(c) ODE, i
(d) BEA. 33°

Solution: B E
(a) ABE = 90° (tangent of circle)

(b) OCB = OBC (base Zs of iso. A)

es
So BOD = OCB + OBC (ext. Z of A)
=33° 4 33°
= 66°

(c) ADC = ABC (Zs in the same segment)

Se
So ODE =180°- ADO (adj. Zs on a st. line)
= 180° — 33°
= 147°

(d) BEA = 360° — 90° — 66° — 147° (Z sum of quad.)

= 57°
45
5.3

Worked Example 4
In AABC, DE is parallel to BC, DE = 5 cm and
BEG.=ss-cm,.
(a) Explain why AABC and AADE are
similar.
(b) Calculate
A AB oe AE
i
(1) —,
WG (ii) —
me
(c) If the area of AADE is 15 cm’, calculate
the area of the quadrilateral BCED.

Solution:
(a) In AABC and AADE,

ABC = ADE (corr. Zs, DE // BC)

and A is common. So AABC and AADE are similar.

; AB BE ea: a AE D ite
(b) (i) ae (similar As) (ii) iG one (similar As)

= 35
25 35:
Let AE=5k cm and
AC = 8k cm.

Then ke =3k-em

So BLL. ae
HE esk
ae)
¥3

o Area of AABC 2 oe
Area of AADE ae
_ 64
5
Area of AABC = = x area of AADE

aye 15 cm?
DS
192 9

So area of quadrilateral BCED = (= = 15)cm’

=

117 .
= Cin
5)
= 23.4 cm’

46
 Geometry

Exercise 5.3A | “ answers on p. 244

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

iE B

116°
42° an
A E G D
In the diagram, AECD, AFB and EFG are straight lines. EF and CB are
parallel, BAC = 42° and BCD = 116°. Calculate, giving reasons for your
answer,
(a) ABC.
(b) AFG.

103°\ ?D

iE EB

In the diagram, ABC is parallel to FE, FB is parallel to ED, ABF = 58° and
CDE = 103°. Calculate
(a) BFE,
(b) FED,
(c) BCD.
Sf D

In the diagram, AED and ABC are straight lines, AB = BE = EC = ED and

EAB = x’.
(a) Find the size of AEC in terms of x.

(b) If ECD = y°, express x in terms of y.

47
5.3

4. In the diagram, AE is parallel to E

BF, AD = BD = BC, DAE = 24° and
CBF = 59°. Find BDC.

24°

In the diagram, AE is parallel to A eae

BCD. BAC = 36°, AED = 90° and
AB = AC = CD. Find the size of ADE.

> a

In the diagram, the lines BC and QR

are parallel. The lines QB and RC,
when produced, meet at X. The triangle
BQR is isosceles with QB = QR.
Given that BRC = 19° and BRQ = 52°,
calculate
(a) CBR,
(b) BCX,
(c) BXC. (C)

A parallelogram can be defined as a quadrilateral which has two pairs of equal

opposite sides. ABCD is a quadrilateral whose diagonals bisect each other.
Must quadrilateral ABCD always be a parallelogram? Justify your answer.

(a) Each exterior angle of a regular polygon is 24°. Calculate the number of
sides of the polygon.
(b) Three of the interior angles of a 10-sided polygon are each x° and the
seven remaining angles are each 150°. Calculate the value of x. (C)

Write down a simple geometrical reason why it is not possible to draw

(a) a triangle ABC in which A = 70°, B = 80° and C = 50°.
(b) atriangle POR in which P = 90°, PQ=3 cm, OR=7 cmand RP=6cm,
(c) atriangle XYZ in which XY = 14 cm, XZ = 5 cm and YZ=7 cm. (C)

48
 Geometry

10.

A xX D

In the diagram, ABCD is a quadrilateral in which ABC = 120; BCD = IO;

CDA = 75° and BC = CD.
The point X on AD is such that BX is parallel to CD. Calculate
(a) BAX,
(b) CBX,
(c) BDX. (C)
Li. In the diagram, AB = AC, BGD =p ae

BD is parallel to FE and ABC = 59°.

Find the sizes of angles p, g and r, and
give reasons for your answers.

12.

Copy the diagrams. Mark with broken lines, all the axes of symmetry of each
of these two road signs. (C)

13. The diagram shows a simplified view of a

waterwheel. Describe fully the symmetry of the
waterwheel about the central point. (©)

49
5.3

14. A road sign shows that it 1s

|
| WA N G = ie 162 km to the town of Hwange.

(a) Write down the letters in the name HWANGE which have line symmetry.
(b) Write down the letters in the name HWANGE which have rotational
symmetry.
(c) Calculate how long it would take a motorist, travelling at an average
speed of 72 km/h to reach Hwange. (C)

15. (a) Copy the diagram. Add one square to your diagram to make a figure
which has line symmetry.

(b) (i) Copy the diagram. Add one square to your diagram to make a figure
which has rotational symmetry.

(ii)
-
On your answer to question (b)(i), mark the centre of rotational
symmetry with a cross. (C)

16. (a) Write down the number of lines of symmetry possessed by an equilateral
triangle.

(b) The diagram on the right shows a piece

of paper which has been folded along
its line of symmetry AB.
Copy and complete the diagram to
show the original shape of the piece
of paper.

(c) Copy the diagram. Shade in one more

small square, on your diagram, so that
the resulting diagram has two lines of
symmetry. (G)

50
 Geometry

17. In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle, S

TA is a tangent and OAT = 28°. Calculate
DBT.

>
|
la Dio

18. In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle,

AO is parallel to BC and AOC = 138°.
Calculate the value of
(a) ACB,
(b) ABC.

19. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral and AB

is a diameter of the circle. Given that
DAB =O. -and that BC = CD, calculate

(a) DBA,
(b) DBC.

20. AD is the diameter of a circle, centre O. cc

The points B and C lie on the circumference
of the circle such that ADB = 18° and
Bie
(a) Write down the value of ABD.
(b) Calculate
(i) BAD,
(ii) CBD. (C)

21. In the diagram A, B, C and D are points on

the circumference of a circle. ABC = 110°,
BAD = 80° and AB = AD. Calculate
(a) ADC,
(b) ACD. (C)

51
5.3

22. BT is a diameter of a circle and A and

C are points on the circumference.
The tangent to the circle at the point T
meets AC produced at P. Given that
ATB = 42° and CAT = 26°, calculate
(a) Car
(b) ABT,
(c) APT. (C)
23. In the diagram, AB is a diameter of the
circle, centre O. P and Q are two points
on the circle and APR is a straight line.
Given that OBA = 67° and PAQ = 32°,
calculate
(a) QAB,
(b) RPO,
(c) POB. (C)

24. PQ is a diameter of the circle, centre O,

XQY is a tangent and XOR =e
Calculate
(a) POY,
(b) POR,
(c) PRO,
(d) RPO.
25. In the diagram, C is the centre of the
circle, AB is a tangent and BED = 37°.
Calculate
(a) ABC,
(b) BAD,
(c) BCD,
(d) CDA.

26. In the diagram, O is the centre of the

circle) BDA =05.1°%and BDC a
Calculate
(a) ABC,
(b) BCD.

52
 Geometry

Bis

In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle and EA the tangent at

A. EAD = 35°
and AB = BC. Find
(a) BOC,
(b) AED.

28. In the diagram, 7A and 7B are tangents

to a circle centre O, TOC is a straight
line and ATB = 82°. Calculate

(a) ABT,
(b) AOB,
(c) ACO.

29. DA and DB are tangents to a circle

whose centre is O. Find ADB in terms
Ole

30. In the diagram, AB is a diameter of

the curcle centre O, APO =:38=-and
ABR = 24°. Calculate
(a) ABQ,
(b) ORA,
(c) AOR.

31. A, B, C, D and E are points ona

circle. AB = AE, EAB = 128° and
EDC = 115°. Calculate
(a) AEB,
(b) ABC. (C)

53
5.3

82.

ABCDE is a regular pentagon inscribed in a circle, centre O. Calculate

(a) the reflex angle DOB,
(b) DCB,
(c) DBE. ne)

uRE (a) In the diagram, O is the centre of

the circle. Given that OOP ==) ae
calculate PXQ. J

ae
VEN

(b) Construct
(i) atriangle ABC in which AB = 8 cm, BC = 7 cm and CA = 3 cm, and
(ii) acircle which passes through A, B and C. Measure the radius of this
circle. CC)

34. In the diagram, O is the centre, AB is a diameter of the circle and DOG = oo.
AD and BC are produced to meet at FE. Find DEC.

52. AB is a diameter of the circle centre O, DC is parallel to AB and COB = 42°

Calculate
(a) ABC,
(b) DAC,
(c) DOA.

54
 Geometry

36. In the figure, XY is the diameter of

the circle, centre O and MN // XY. If
NXO = x°, find
(a) NOY,
(b) MON,
(c) MXN,
(d) XMN,
in terms of x. (CG)

Of. In the diagram, O is the centre of the ‘6

circle and AT is a tangent. B
(a) Explain why OAT isa right angle. O
(b) If BAT = 73°, find the following
angles. In each case, give a reason
for your answer.
A ff
(i) OAB
(ii) AOB
(iii) ACB

38. In the diagram, O is the centre of

the circle, BQ is a diameter and AB is
aianvent ABE =x, OBC = y° and
BPC = ‘di
(a) Express x in terms of y.
(b) Express y in terms of z.
(c) Express x in terms of z.

39.

>
IE B

In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle, ATB = 48°, AC is parallel to TB

and 7A and 7B are tangents.
(a) Find AOB.
(b) Find ACB , giving a reason for your answer.
(c) Find TBC , giving a reason for your answer.
(d) Find OBC , giving a reason for your answer.

55
5.3

40. In the diagram, AC and BD are

diameters. . D C
(a) Write down the size of DAB,
giving a reason for your answer.
(b) Explain why ADAB and ACBA A &

are congruent.
(c) Explain why ABCD is a rectangle.

41. In the triangle ABC, D is a point on the

side BC such that ABC = DAC,
aC = em, CD =6.cm and BD =x cm:
(a) Using the similar triangles ACD
and BCA, show that x = 7.5.
(b) Calculate the area of triangle ABD
given that the area of triangle BCA
is 18 cm’.

42.

x cm

12cm
é
In the diagram, XY is parallel to BC, XY = 8 cm, BC = 12 cm, BX = 1.8 cm and
KA =x. Cm.
(a) Explain why AABC and AAXY are similar.
(b) Calculate x.
(c) State the ratio of the area of AAXY to the area of AABC.

43.

“ B

In the diagram, ADC is a straight line and ABD = ACB.

(a) Explain why AABD and AACB are similar triangles.
(b) Copy and complete the following statements.
Gass
: AD = 5
Gi) Arrea of ; AABD S BD 2
AB AC Area of AACB

(c) Sf AB =3'cem, BC =4 cm and AC’ = 8 cm, find pe

DC

56
 Geometry

44, In the diagram, CA is parallel to EF and BA

is parallel to DG.

(a) Show that 22

DE
= SA.
EF
BD 5
(b) If —— = —, calculate the numerical
DE 3
value of the ratio
; area of AACG
i) ————,
area of AEFG

es area of AACE
(i) =————_—_..
area of AFEC

45. In the diagram, AD and BD are bisectors of

BAC and ABC respectively, ADB = x°
and ACH = y-— Express y ini terms of x.

46. In the diagram, ABCD is a square, EFG is =) EG

an isosceles triangle, EFG = 90° and M is
the midpoint of EG.
(a) Show that EFA = FGB. E M
(b) Explain why AAFE and ABGF are G
congruent.
(c) If AC is drawn, explain why M is the
midpoint of AC. 4 e R

47. <= B

lg, Je

D >

In the diagram, AB is parallel to DC.

(a) If AE and DE are bisectors of BAD and ADC respectively, must AED
be a right angle? Give reasons for your answer.
(b) If BFC isa right angle, must BF and CF be bisectors of ABC and DCB
respectively? Give reasons for your answer.
(c) If BFC isa right angle and BF is the bisector of ABC, must CF be the
w~

bisector of DCB? Give reasons for your answer.

B¥/
5.3

Worked Example 5

FE

ABCDEF is part of a regular polygon with 10 sides. BC and ED are produced to

meet at T. .
(a) Show that BCD = 144°.
(b) Calculate
G) (GND:
(ii) DBE,
(iii) BEF.

Solution:

(a)
A
(GD=
360°
ie (Z sum of ext. Zs of polygon)

= 36°
So BCD = 180°— TCD (adj. Zs on ast. line)
= 180° — 36°
= 144°
(b) By symmetry, ATCD and ATBE are isosceles triangles.
(), “CLD — 180° — 2(36°) (so. 4)
= 108°
(i TBE = 5(180° 108%) Gso.A)
= 36°
CBD = =(180° ~ 144°) (iso. A)
= 18°
So DBE = 36°— 18°
= 18°
(iii) TEB = TBE (iso. A)
= 36s
So BEF = TEF — TEB
= 144° 36° (TEF = BCD)
= 108°

58
 Geometry

Worked Example 6
In the diagram, two circles intersect at C. A is
the centre of the smaller circle, AB is the g
diameter of the larger circle and AC = x cm. [
(a) Given that the radius of the larger circle B
is 3 cm more than the radius of the
smaller circle, express CB in terms of x.
(b) If CB = 24 cm, calculate the value of x.

Solution:
(a) AG= cm
AB = 2(x + 3) cm
Let Cb = y cin,
Then y = [2(x + 3)])—x (Pythagoras’ Theorem)
= 3x +4 24x + 36

So CB= (3x? + 24x + 36) cm

(b) y= 24
So 24? = 3x° + 24x + 36
x + 8x-—180=0
(x + 18)(x — 10) =0
=x==18) Gnhadmissible) “or x= 10

Worked Example 7
In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle,
BD is a tangent at B and ACD is a straight
line.
(a) Given that CBD = 32°, calculate
(i) OBC,
(ii) BAC.
(b) Explain why AABD and ABCD are similar.
(c) If AC =6cm and CD =2 cm, calculate BD.

Solution:
(a) () OBC = OBD— CBD
= 90° — 32° (tangent radius)
= 58°
(ii) BOC = 180° — 2(58°) (iso. A)
= 64°
BAC = a BOC) (Z at centre = twice Z at circumference)
D

= 5lego
(64°)
=u.

59
 Sho)

(b) In AABD and ABCD, since BAD = BAC = 32° (proved in (a)(i1)), we have

BAD = CBD
BDA CDB (common angle)

So AABD and ABCD are similar.

BD
(c) We have ee = —
BD CD

Bet 15D) = 36 Gish,

Then stn a
Xi D,
x = 16
x=4 or -4 (inadmissible)
So BD. =A cm

Exercise 5.3B Ay answers on p. 245

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. (a) A B
LS

Ip

D G

In the rhombus ABCD, DB cuts AC at X and DAC = 50°. The point P on

AD is such that PX = AX. The line PX produced meets BC at Q.
(i) Calculate
(a) AXP,
(b) BOP,
(c) ADC.
(ii) Name a triangle which is similar to, but not congruent to, triangle
AXP.
(b) Acircle of radius 9 cm has centre O. A chord HK is 14 cm long. Calcula
te
the distance from O to the midpoint of HK. ca

60
 Geometry

2. In the diagram, FE, GD and BC are parallel and AF = FG = GB = 2 cm.

Calculate the numerical value of the ratio
area of AAFE
area of AAGD’
area of AAGD
(b)
area of AABC’
area of quadrilateral DEFG
(c)
area of quadrilateral CEFB ’

area of quadrilateral DEFG

(d)
area of quadrilateral CDGB

B “4 G.

ABCD is a parallelogram and E is a point on AD. Given that CDE = 40° and
CED = 55°, find
(a) ECD,
(b) ECB,
(c) AEC,
(d) BAE,
(e) ABC.

A'= EB

The diagram, which is drawn on a scale of 1 cm to represent 2 m, is an accurate

scale drawing of a pentagon ABCDE.
(a) Using your diagram measure, and write down,
(i) the length of the shortest side of the pentagon;
(ii) the size of the largest angle.
(b) Find the true length, in metres, of the side BC.
(c) Find the size of the angle ABC on the full sized pentagon. (C)

61
5.3

(a) (i) Using the line segment AB as your base, construct a triangle ABC
with AB = AC = 7.3 cm, and angle BAC = 40°.
(ii) What special name is given to this triangle?
(iii) Measure the length of BC.
(b) (i) Draw a circle with centre A and radius 4.8 cm.
(ii) Draw two circles, with centres B and C, each of radius 2.5 cm.
(iii) Describe how the three circles are related.
(c) How many circles of radius 2.5 cm would make a complete ring around
the circle of radius 4.8 cm? (You need not draw them.) (C)

ABCDEF is part of a regular polygon

with nine sides. BC and ED are
produced to meet at P.
(a) Explain why PDC = 40".
(b) Calculate
(i) DCE,
(ii) BCE,
(iii) BEF. (C)

The diagram shows part of a regular octagon ABCDEFGH and part of a regular
hexagon ABWXYZ which are drawn on opposite sides of the common line AB.
Calculate
(a) ABC,
(b) ABW,
(c) BCW. (C)

(a) A

John wants to cut off the shaded section from a rectangular shelf as shown
in the diagram. In the resulting hexagon, three of the angles are right
angles and three are each equal to x°. Calculate x.

62
 Geometry

(b) (You are advised to sketch a separate diagram for each part of this
question.)
GHJK is a quadrilateral.
(i) HGK =u°, GHJ = v°. Write down the relation which must exist
between u and v if GHJK is a parallelogram.
(ii) GJK =x°, JGK = y°. Write down the relation which must exist
between x and y if GHJK is a rhombus. (C)

300"... :
S; The formula A = 180 — — gives the size of each interior angle, A°, of a
n

regular polygon with n sides.

(a) Find the value of A when n equals
(i) 180,
(ii) 360,
(iii) 720,
(iv) 7 200.
(b) Asn becomes very large,
(i) what value does A approach,
(ii) what shape does the polygon approach?
(c) Find the value of n when A = 162.
(d) Make n the subject of the formula.
(e) Three regular polygons, two of which are octagons, meet at a point so that
they fit together without any gaps. Showing all your working, identify the
third polygon. (C)

10.

In the diagram, the shaded part is a regular heptagon (7-sided). Calculate the
size of A, correct to | decimal point.

id. The figure is made up of a regular pentagon, a

regular hexagon and an isosceles triangle.
Calculate the base angle of the triangle.

63
5.3

12. Three circles touch each other as ey

shown. The circle with centre A has jig
radius x cm, the circle with centre B yan
has radius 3 cm and the circle with aS
centre C has radius 8 cm.
(a) ex Olesss. utemus OF x. otic
lengths AB and AC.
(b) Calculate, correct to the nearest
millimetre, the radius of the
circle whose centre is A.
(c) Find the radius of the circle which can be drawn through the points A, B
and C.

13.

In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle, PQ is the tangent at P and OQ

intersects the circlesatnRa GivennthatePOr=94 icanwRO =! Shemriand
OP =x cm,
(a) express the length of OQ in terms of x,
(b) calculate x. (C)

14. The diagram shows an incomplete

figure made up of a square, a regular
hexagon and another regular polygon
of n sides. Calculate the minimum
value of n.

15. In the diagram, AEB and ADC

are straight lines. ED is parallel to
BGAED =) ..cm, CDi=-6 cmsard
BO=1S cnr
(a) Calculate AD.
(b) If BAC = 90°, calculate
(i) AE,
(ii) BD.

64
 Geometry

16. In the diagram, ABCD is a A

parallelogram, and X is a point on
BD such that DX = 3XB. The line
AX produced meets BC at Y and
DC produced at Z.
(a) Prove that AAXB is similar
to AZXD. (You may use any
appropriate method. If
transformations are used, they
must be precisely described.) D C Zi
(b) Name the triangle similar to ABXY.
(c) Calculate the numerical values of the ratios
tc AB
(i)
1 De
ae eo

(iy DABX
AZDX

nee ANB
nh).
(iii)

Gye
INTAENG
(C)

17. B

C D E A
In the diagram, BFE and CDEA are straight lines, BF : FE = 3: 4,
DE: EA = 6:5 and area of AABE = 35 cm’. Calculate the area of
(ay? ZNBCE,
(b) ADEF,
(c) quadrilateral BCDF.

18. In the diagram, ABCD is a square, M is the D A

midpoint of CB, AME = 90° and DEC, ABF
and EMF are straight lines.
(a) Explain why EC = FB.
(b) Explain why AE = AF.
(c) Hence, or otherwise, calculate AE given
that EC =4 cm and CM =8'cm,

65
5.3

19. (a) In the quadrilateral ABCD,

BAD =50°, ABD =70°, DBC =90°,
BCD =2y°, CDB=3y° and
BDA = x°. Calculate
(i) the value of x,
(ii) the value of y.

(b) In the diagram AOB is a diameter

ot ethe circle and PCO isa
tangent at the point C. Given that
CAB = 32°, calculate
(i) ABC,
(ii) BCO. (C)

20. In the diagram, AC is a diameter of the

circle, EC is a tangent and BD = CD.
(a) Write down the value of ABC,
giving a reason for your answer.
(b) If ABD = 26°, calculate
(i) BAC,
(ii) BCE.

21. In the diagram, 7A and 7B are tangents

and ATB = 48°. Calculate ACB.

22. In the diagram, QR is a diameter of

the circle, centre O, TQ is a tangent to the
circle and TR cuts the circle at S. Prove
that
(a) triangles TQR and TSQ are similar
and
(b) *TSTRA TO!
Given that TQ = 12 cm and SR = 18 cm,
calculate the length of 7S. (C)

66
 Geometry

z3.

In the diagram, AB and DE are parallel and GD : DH = BE: EC. Show that AF
and HC are parallel.

24.

In the diagram above, DEF is parallel to the diameter, AB, of the circle,
centre O. Points C, D and E lie on the circumference of the circle. Given
that ADC = 40° and CDE = 75° calculate,
(a) ABC,
(b) AOC,
(c) OBE,
(d) BEF,
(e) CAD. (C)

25. In the diagram, O is the centre of the

circle, OC is parallel to AB and AD is a
tangent. If OCB = 57°, calculate BAD. e

wax ;
67
5.4 MENSURATION

Worked Example 1
In this question, take 7 to be 3.14 and give all answers to 2 significant figures.
A sector of radius 3 cm is removed from a right-angled triangle as shown in the
diagram. Calculate
(a) the area of the part removed,
(b) the perimeter of the part removed,
(c) the area of the shaded portion.

Solution:
By) 2 2 KN
(a) Area of the sector = (= ale cm S.
3 135d
= 2.51 cm’ “a
=2.5 cm

’ 32 S
(b) Perimeter of the sector = (= x2x 3.14x 3+ 6]cm

= /-67.Cim = EN
= 97 em 5

(c) Area of the shaded portion = (= xeo x = 2.51] cm’

= 17.49 cm’
= 17cm

Worked Example 2
A map is drawn to a scale of | : 30 000.
(a) On the map, the perimeter of an island is represented by a length of 235 cm.
Calculate, in kilometres, the actual perimeter of the island.
(b) The actual area of a lagoon is 3.6 km’. Calculate, in square centimetres, the
area on the map which represents the lagoon. -

Solution:
(a) Actual perimeter of the island = (235 x 30 000) cm
= 7 050 000 cm
= 70.5 km

68
 Mensuration

(b) Area on the map : actual area = 1° : (30 000)’

So area on the map which represents the lagoon=

(30 aie
000)?

-(7° x (100 =
000)?
cm?
(30 000)

w
D0 isan
x 38

40

Worked Example 3
A and B are two cylindrical cakes of the same thickness made from the same
ingredients. A has a cross-sectional area of 434 cm’ and B has a circumference of
62 cm. IfA costs $15 and B costs $10, which is the better value? Taking 7 to be 3.1,
show working to support your answer.

Solution:
Let x cm be the radius of A, y cm be the radius of B and d cm their thickness.

Then jx
= A34
S
,
ieseas
434

_ 4340
aoe ie
= 140

any
= 62
Bee te
ora
— iG)

Volume ofA — mx'd

Volume of B- zyd

So if B costs $10, A should only cost $14. Therefore, B is the better value.

69
5.4

Worked Example 4
In this question, take 7 to be 3.14.
In the diagram, the vertical height of the cone is
12 cm and the diameter of its base is 10 cm.
Calculate
(a) the slant height of the cone,
(b) the volume of the cone,
(c) the total surface area of the cone.

Solution:
(a) Let the slant height of the cone be x cm.

x’ = 12?+5° (Pythagoras’ Theorem)

woo
ee at eI ‘3

So the slant height of the cone is 13 cm.

(yey neon recone = 5m 5°\(12) on

Z c x 3.14 x 25 x 12]out
= 314 cm

(c) The curved surface area of the cone is the same as the
area of the sector shown on the right.

We have g = ag)
360° 27(13)

aes
13

Curved surface area of the cone = Perec ) 27(5)

= 65m cm*

Area of the base = 7(5°) cm?

= 2570 cm
So total surface area of the cone = (65 + 25)z cm’
= 907 cm?
= (90 x 3.14) cm’
= 282.6 cm’
=283iemir \\Gisiewibt)

70
 Mensuration

Exercise 5.4A )4 answers on p. 245

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. (a) A side of a square is 4.5 cm long. Calculate

(i) the perimeter of the square,
(ii) the area of the square.
(b) Find the area of the base of a cube whose volume is 1 728 cm’.

2. A solid cylinder has radius 8 cm and height 10 cm. Taking z to be 3.142,

calculate
(a) the curved surface area of the cylinder,
(b) the volume of the cylinder.

3. In the diagram, O is the centre of a circle of A

radius 7 cm and AOB = 72°. Taking 7 to be

= calculate a

(a) the circumference of the circle,

(b) the area of the shaded sector AOB,
(c) the perimeter of the unshaded sector AOB.

4. The volume of a cylinder is 9 240 cm’ and the radius of its circular cross-
section is 14 cm. Find
(a) the area of the circular cross-section,
(b) the length of the cylinder.

[Take 7 to be =.)

(~]
Wo

A 15cm B

A quadrant of a circle of radius 7 cm is removed from a rectangle 15 cm long

and 10 cm wide, as shown in the diagram.

(a) Taking 7 to be = calculate

(i) the length of the arc PQ,

(ii) the area of the shaded portion APQCB.
(b) Given that the shape APOCB, shaded in the diagram, is cut from a sheet
of metal 3 mm thick, calculate, in cm’, the volume of metal used. (C)

71
5.4

A °B

P is a point marked on the circumference of a disc of radius 7 cm. The disc rolls
along a straight line so that P is initially at A and, after one revolution, is at B.

Taking 7 to be =. calculate the length of AB.

A map is drawn to a scale of | : 10 000. Find

(a) the actual distance apart, in kilometres, of two towns which are
represented on the map by two points 20 cm apart,
(b) the area, in square kilometres, of a farm represented on the map by an
area of 120 cm’.

A solid metal cylinder B has a volume of 216 cm’.

(a) Calculate the volume of a cylinder which has the same height as B but
base radius twice that of B.
(b) Given that the cylinder B is melted down and made into a cube, calculate
the length of an edge of the cube. LC)

Two circular plates are placed on a table. One of them, plate A, has an area of
243 cm’. The other, plate B, has a circumference of 57 cm. Taking 7 to be 3 and
showing full working to support your answer, write down which of the two
plates is the larger. (C)

10.

A piece of card is cut to the shape shown in the diagram. BCD is a semicircular
arc, centre O, of radius 3 cm. AB =AD = 5 cm.
(a) Find the length of OA.
(b) Taking 7 to be 3.14, calculate
(i) the perimeter of the card,
(ii) the area of the card. (C)

72
 Mensuration

11. EC

4m P

B 9m

A flower bed ABCDE, shown in the diagram, consists of two parts P and Q.
The part P is rectangular and measures 9 m by 4 m and the part Q is
semicircular.
(a) Write down the radius of the semicircle.
(b) Taking 7 to be 3, find the length of the arc of the semicircle AED.
(c) Find the perimeter of the flower bed.
(d) Find the area of P.
(e) Taking 7 to be 3, calculate the area of the whole flower bed. (C)

12. Cheese spread is sold in cylindrical boxes. Twelve such boxes can be packed
into a carton either measuring 36 cm by 12 cm by 6 cm or measuring 24 cm by
12 cm by 9 cm.

12 cm 3cm 12 cm 24 cm

Type A Type B

(a) Which carton is smaller in total surface area and by how much? (Ignore
any flaps.)
(b) Write down the diameter and height of the cylindrical box of cheese
spread. Give reasons for your answers.
(c) State the dimensions of another carton, even smaller in total surface area,
which can be used to pack the 12 boxes of cheese spread.

13. A rectangular box is packed full with Hint: For (a), extend
rectangular blocks. The diagram shows some the lines seen through
the windows and
of the blocks as seen through the windows of
calculate the number of
the box. blocks.
(a) How many blocks are there in the box?
(b) Each of these blocks measures
2.5 cm by 1.6 cm by 1.6 cm. Calculate
the volume of the box.
(c) Show that the dimensions of the box is
20 cm by 8 cm by 8 cm.
(d) If the blocks are rearranged and packed
into another box, find a possible set of
dimensions of the box.

73
5.4

14. Inthe diagram, each figure is a sector of a circle. The radius OA is 10.5 cm, the
radius OC is 7 cm and AOB = COD = 120°.

10.5 cm logs era ca

O O
(a) Find the ratio of the area of sector AOB to the area of sector COD.
(b) OA is joined to OB to form a cone and OC to OD to form another cone.
If the larger cone holds 44 cashew nuts, how many cashew nuts can the
smaller cone hold?

Worked Example 5

A Sci 7g iS)
ouaareyG
Ns
32Se
eee
S

Fig. (a) Fig. (b)

(a) Figure (a) shows a solid whose height is 7 cm. Calculate the volume of two
appropriate prisms, and use your results to estimate the volume of the solid.
(b) The solid shown in Fig. (b) is made up of a rectangular prism and a semi-
circular cylinder. Find its volume. (Take z = 3.14.)

Solution:
(a) Let A be a rectangular prism whose height is 7 cm and whose base is a square
of side 5 cm.

Then volume of A = 7X 5° cm
= 175 cm?
Let B be a rectangular prism whose height is 7 cm and whose base is a square
of side 3 cm.

Then volume of B = 7 x 3? cm*

= 63 cm’

An approximate value of the volume of the solid is obtained by taking the

175 + 63
average of the volumes of A and B, i.e. = 19 coi,

Note: It can be shown that the accurate answer is 114.3 cm? if an appropriate
method is used.

74
 Mensuration

(b) Refer to Fig. (b).

Volume of semicircular cylinder = : x mx (radius)’ x height

|
= - x 3 145.1)? x 0)cm*

= 408.357 cm°

Volume of cuboid = length x breadth x height

= (10 <10.2:%46).cm:
= 61) cm

-. volume of solid = volume of semicircular cylinder + volume of cuboid

= (408.357 + 612) cm?
= 1.020.357 cur
= 020m Oisigetic.)

Worked Example 6
A long strip of paper is wound round a spool whose
cross-section is circular. The shaded part in the
figure 1s occupied by the paper.
(a) What is the area of the shaded part?
(b) Find, correct to 2 significant figures, the
thickness (in centimetres) of the strip if it is
300 metres long.
(c) If half of the strip is unwound from the spool,
what is the diameter of the roll? Give your
answer, in centimetres, correct to | decimal
place. (Take 7 to be 3.14.)

Solution:
(a) Area of the shaded part = 2(6° — 3°) cm”
= 270 cm’
= 84.8 cm’

(b) Let the thickness of the strip be x cm.

The length of the strip is 30 000 cm.
We have 30 000x = 277
27%
ee

30 000
= (0,002°8 "(2 sig. fig.)
Thus the thickness of the paper is 0.002 8 cm.

Note: If the roll of paper is unwound, the area of the shaded part will become
a rectangle of dimensions 30 000 cm by x cm.

75
5.4

(c) If half of the length of the strip is unwound, then only 150 m will remain
i eh D
wound on the spool. The new area of the shaded part 1s = coms
Let y be the radius of the roll.

Then my cei - 3°) ine

= OF

ae ike
2
45
pe
YS 22) cm

.. the diameter of the roll is 2 x 22.5 cm = 9.5 cm (1 dec. pl.).

Exercise 5.4B a answers on p. 246

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. (a) Calculate the area of each of the following five shapes P, Q, R, S and T (all
lengths in centimetres).

4 P
6 Q
8

3
Oo 0
53
8 O
R
s 4
O \
6 6

(b) Calculate the area of a regular hexagon (H) of side 4 centimetres.

(c) Using the letters P, Q, R, S, T and H, list your answers in order of size,
starting with the smallest.
(d) Calculate the circumference of the circle 7.
(e) All six figures have something important in common. What is it?
(f) Make a general statement based on these results. (C)

76
 Mensuration

10 cm

The diagram shows two tins of beans which are geometrically similar to each
other. Their heights are 8 cm and 10 cm. The cost of the smaller and larger tins
are $1.28 and $2.10 respectively.
(a) Calculate the ratio of the volume of the smaller tin to the volume of the
larger tin, giving your answer in its simplest form.
(b) If there is no reduction in cost for buying the larger tin, how much more
should the larger tin cost?
(c) Calculate the percentage reduction for buying the larger tin.

The diagram shows a bucket with a top

diameter AB of 36 cm and a base
diameter CD of 24 cm. The depth EF of
the bucket is 30 cm.
(a) By considering the volumes of two
cylinders whose base diameters are
36 cm and 24 cm and whose
heights are both equal to 30 cm,
estimate the capacity, in litres, of
the bucket.
(b) By considering two appropriate cones, calculate the volume of the bucket,
correct to the nearest cubic centimetres.

The top of a circular cake with a diameter of 25 cm is covered with a layer of

marzipan.
(a) Calculate the area of the top of the cake.
(b) A strip of marzipan is put all around the edge of the cake. Find the length
of the strip.
(c) If the total area of the marzipan is 1 120 cm’, calculate the height of the
cake, correct to the nearest centimetre. (Ignore the thickness of the
marzipan.)

B 6 €

The diagram shows an isosceles triangular prism. BC = 6 cm, CD = 77 cm and

the volume of the prism is 84 cm’. Calculate the total surface area of the prism.

77
5.4

6. (a) Calculate the volume of two

appropriate cylinders and use your
results to estimate the volume of
the mug shown in the diagram. (The
volume of a cylinder is given by the 15
—>
cm

formula V = 7h. Take 7to be 3.14.)

(b) The diagram shows a rectangular

block of length 13.5 cm with a square
cross-section of side 8.7 cm. A square
hole with sides 6.2 cm runs right
through the block. Find, correct to two
significant figures, the volume of
material in the block. (C) 8.7
cm

7. A long strip of tape paper is wound round 10 cm

a spool whose cross-section is circular. The
shaded part in the figure is occupied by the
tape.
(a) Calculate the area of the shaded part.
(b) Find the thickness of the tape if it is
AO m long.
(c) If a quarter of the strip is unwound
from the spool, calculate the diameter
of this new roll. (Take z = 3.14.)

rails

24 cm

A sphere of radius 15 cm is cut by a vertical plane whose distance from the

centre is 12 cm. Calculate the radius of the circular sections. Two horizontal

wires, 24 cm apart, form a ‘railway’ for this sphere. Taking mz to be —22

; 2:

calculate the number of revolutions which the sphere makes in rolling

11 metres along the rails. (C)
78
 Mensuration

9. GLU-STIK is solid glue sold in tubes which

are cylinders of radius 1.5 cm and height
12 cm. GLU-STIKs are packed into a
rectangular closed box measuring 24 cm
by 9 cm by 12 cm.
(a) Calculate the volume of one of the
tubes.
(b) At most how many tubes can be Not drawn to scale
packed into the box?
When the box is filled with the tubes, find the volume of empty space in
the box.
Can a new box measuring 18 cm by 12 cm by 12 cm hold as many tubes
as the original box? Give a reason for your answer.
Calculate the percentage increase or decrease of the material needed for
making the new box, giving your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(Ignore any flaps to secure the boxes.)

10. (a) The diagram shows a sector of a circle

with radius 10.5 cm and angle 120°.

Taking zto be = calculate the length 4 B

of the arc AB. 10.5 cm <s
O

(b) The radius OA is joined to the radius Musil fcr A(B)

OB to form a cone. Caiculate . :
(i) theradius,NA,ofthe cone, $\ eens
(ii) the height, ON, of the cone,
(iii) the volume of the cone.

(c) If the radius, OA, of the sector is

increased by 25%, calculate the
percentage increase of the volume of
the cone formed by the new sector.

11. An open cylinder is made from plastic

1 cm thick. The height and diameter
measured externally are 12 cm and 14 cm
respectively.
(a) Calculate the volume of plastic needed 12 cm
to make the cylinder, giving your
answer correct to | decimal place.
(b) Ten such cylinders are recycled to
make hollow plastic balls 3 mm thick.
If the outside diameter of each ball is
66 mm, how many balls can be made? Ee
oe ht ee

u“
5.4

12. A manufacturer makes a range of cylindrical water tanks. Each tank has the
same height. The volume, V m’, of a tank with diameter x m is given by the
formula
V=l1xr

(a) Calculate
(i) the volume of a tank with a diameter of 2 m,
(ii) the diameter of a tank with a volume of 17.6 m’.
(b) One tank has a diameter equal to its height. What is the capacity of the
tank? Give your answer correct to the nearest litre.

13. A cone is divided into parts A and B.

The vertical heights of A and B are equal.
The volume of part A is 800 cm’.
(a) What fraction of the whole cone is
part A?
(b) Calculate the volume of part B.
(c) Ifthe diameters of the smaller and
larger circles of part B are d, and
d, respectively, write down the
ratio of d, to d,.

14. The glass case which covers the jade

fish consists of a cylinder and a
hemisphere. The glass case has no
bottom. The height and internal diameter
of the cylinder are 10 cm and 19 cm
10 cm
respectively.
(a) Calculate the volume of the space
inside the glass case, giving your
answer correct to the nearest cubic
centimetres.
——— aD cm +
(b) if the glass is 0.5 cm thick all round, calculate the mass of the glass case
given that | cm’ of glass weighs 2.8 g. Give your answer in kilograms and
grams correct to the nearest gram.

tS: The plumb bob shown in the diagram

consists of a hemisphere of radius r cm
surmounted by a cone of height 4 cm.
(a) Show that the volume, V cm’, of

the bob is V = ae” +h).

(b) If h = 2r and volume is 30 cm’,
calculate the value of r. Give your
answer correct to | decimal place.

80
 Mensuration

16. The diagram shows a piece of

crystal. Each of the edges is 2 cm
long. Calculate
(a) the volume of the crystal,
correct to the nearest cubic
centimetres,
(b) the total surface area of
the crystal, correct to the
nearest square centimetres.

A]. Two photographs, of different sizes, show exactly the same picture. The height
of Mr Lin in one photograph is 6 cm and in the other is 4 cm. The actual height
of Mr Lin is 168 cm.
(a) If the height of Mrs Lin in the larger photograph is 5.5 cm, what is the
actual height of Mrs Lin?
(b) If their son’s height is 2.5 cm in the smaller photograph, what is the actual
height of the son?
(c) If the area of a window is 12 cm’ in the smaller photograph, what is the
area of the window in the larger photograph?

18. The diagram shows an open top

if
00 cm
container of negligible thickness.
The cross-section ABCD is a
trapezium. The horizontal base is
a rectangle measuring 400 cm by
100 cm. The vertical height of
the container is 100 cm. B
Aro cm
(a) Calculate
(i) the area, in square centimetres, of the cross-section ABCD,
(ii) the capacity, in litres, of the container.
(b) A new container is made so that each of the twelve edges is increased in
length by 26%. Show that the ratio of the volume of the new container to
that of the original container is approximately 2 : 1.

19. ABCD is an isosceles trapezium. D €

AB = 18 cm and DC = 8 cm. All
four sides are tangents to the
circle.
(a) Show that
(i) the perimeter of the
trapezium is 52 cm,
(ii) the height of the
trapezium is 12 cm.
(b) Calculate, correct to 1 decimal place,
(i) the area of the circle,
(ii) the total area of the shaded regions on the diagram.

81
5.4

20.

10 cm

The diagram shows a right-angled triangular prism. ACB = 90°; AD =10.cm

and FD = 8 cm. If the volume of the prism is 240 cm’, calculate’
(a) the area of the base EFD,
(b) the length of EF,
(c) the length of ED,
(d) the total surface area of the prism.

21,

In this question take 7 to be 3.142.

The diagram shows a window in a large church. AXB is an arc of a circle

centre C. The lines OA and OB are tangents to this circle. The other four panels
are each identical to OAXB. O is the centre of the large circle which touches
arc AXB at X. OC = 6 mand OCB = 60°.
(a) Show that BC = 3m.
(b) Calculate
(i) the area of triangle OBC,
(ii) the area of the sector AXB,
(iii) the total area of the panel OAXB.
(c) Calculate the area of the large circle.
(d) Given that the window has rotational symmetry about O of order 5,
calculate the area, labelled $, between two of the panels. (C)

82
 Mensuration

22.

Go

20

(
Se
ae
ae

\ \ | ies
Fn

Diagram I Diagram I

Take 7 to be 3.142 in this question.

A simple instrument for measuring rainfall is shown in Diagram I.

It is a cylindrical glass container which stands with its circular base horizontal.
A scale is marked on it to show the depth of water that has fallen since it was
last emptied. The radius of the container is 3 cm and its height is 20 cm.
(a) Calculate
(i) the area of the base of the container,
(ii) the area of the curved surface of the container.
(b) Calculate the volume of water in the container when the depth of the
water is 5.7 cm.
A more accurate instrument for measuring rainfall is shown in Diagram II. It
is made from a cylinder, also of height 20 cm and with horizontal base of
radius 3 cm, together with a section of an inverted cone. The top of the section
of the cone is a horizontal circle of radius R cm. All the rain that falls within
this circle is collected in the cylinder.
(c) Given that the area enclosed by the circle of radius R cm is 113 cm’,
calculate
(i) the value of R,
(ii) the actual rainfall, in centimetres correct to | significant figure, if
the depth of water in the cylinder is 12 cm. (C)

*23. The ice cream ‘I & C’ is in the shape of a cone with base radius 4 cm and
vertical height 12 cm. The curved surface is completely covered with wafer.
(a) Calculate
(i) the volume of an ‘I & C’ ice cream,
(ii) the area of the wafer.
(b) The ‘I & C’ ice creams are packed in a rectangular box with their curved
surfaces in contact with the base of the box. Calculate the least possible
height of the box, correct to the nearest millimetre.
(c) If two ‘I & C’ ice creams are packed in a thin rectangular box with area
of cross-section equal to 64 cm’, calculate the least possible length of the
box, correct to the nearest millimetre.

83
 5.4

#24,

The diagram shows the vertical cross-section of a bottle of “Air Refresher’.

The three curved parts of the diagram are circular arcs of radius 4 cm, with
centre O. AB is the diameter of the circular base, CD is the diameter of the
horizontal circular cross-section through O, and EF is the diameter of the
cylindrical neck of the bottle. AF and BE are perpendicular to each other.
(a) Show that AB=4 2 cm.
(b) Show that the volume V cm’ of the bottle is given by V= (8 #3425:

(c) For publicity, the manufacturer of the ‘Air Refresher’ made a large
balloon in a similar shape to the bottle with a linear scale factor of 80.
Calculate
(i) the volume of the balloon, in cubic metres, when it is fully inflated,
(ii) the area of material used, in square metres.

84
5.5 TRIGONOMETRY AND BEARINGS
Worked Example 1
Ej

¢ D

In the diagram, ABC = 90°, AB =7 cm, AC = 25 cm and BAE and BCD are straight
lines.
(a) Showing your working clearly, explain why BC = 24 cm.
(b) Express as a fraction
(i) sin BCA,
(ii) tan ACD,

(iii) cos EAC.

Solution:
(a) By Pythagoras’ Theorem, we have

BC’ + AB’? =AC

BG =AC AB
So BC = VAC — AB’
= 25° a7” “em
= 4/970 Ci
= VAL ean

A AB
(b) i
(i) in BCA
sin = —
<=

pe
25
(ii) tan ACD = —tan ACB

(ili) Cos EAC = —COs BAC

85
SHS)

Worked Example 2
C Given that BC= 10cm, ABC = 125° and

BAC = 28°, calculate the length of AC.

[sin 28° = 0.469; sin 55° = 0.819]

125°
28°
A

Solution:
izet ACe=si Cm,
Be oe es ‘ \
sin 125° sin 28°
HORSmmeZS
Ve=

sin 28°
= LO sin 557
sin 28°
_ 10(0.819)
0.469
1170
ore
Led 4.( 3aStS O11e)
“. the length of AC is 17.5 cm.

Worked Example 3
Housing Estates B and C are 10 km and 5 km North
from Housing Estate A respectively.
(a) Calculate
(i) the bearing of B from A,
(ii) the bearing of A from B. 5 km
(b) Using as much of the information given
below as 1s necessary, calculate
(i) BC,
(ii) the area of the triangle ABC.
(sito = OrsNOe cos 5° =0.573) 6:
tan 55° = 1.428] ASSy,

86
 Trigonometry and Bearings

Solution:
(a) (i) Reflex angle N,AB = 90° + 125° North
= 215°
.. the bearing of B from A is 215°.
(ii) .V,AB = 360° — 215° (sum of Zs ata point = 360°)
=, 145°
-. 8 = 180° — 145° (int. Zs, N,A // N,B)
= 35°
.. the bearing of A from B is 035°.

(b) (i) Let BC=x km. Me

Using the cosine rule, we have
= 107 52229(1.0)(5) cos. 125°
=a Or LOO COS J).
= We esoe 6)
= To200
=b82 (3 sig. Tig)
e. BE =i82, km

(ily) Arex of AABC = =(10)(5) sin 125° kine

= 25 sin 55° km’
= 25(0.819 2) km’
= 20.48 km’
= 20.5 km’

Worked Example 4
In the diagram, P is a point vertically above Li
B. Given that AB = 5 cm, BC = 12 cm and the
points A, B and C lie on a horizontal plane,
(a) calculate the length of PB,
(b) show that PC = 12.5 cm.

Solution:
(a) Let PB-=x:cm.

tan 35° = =
5
cL mo. fans
= 5(0.700)
= 3.3
& PB= 3.5 Cm

(b) Let PC =y cm.

Using Pythagoras’ Theorem, we have
y? = 12? + 3.5”
= 1444 12.25
=O.)
= (12.5)
pabeC = 12.5 Cm

87
5S

Exercise 5.5A § 4 answers on p. 246

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. (a) Ineach of the following cases, write down one value of x, in degrees, such
that
(i). cos x ==,
(ii) tanx==l.
(b) Taking both sin 45° and cos 45° to be 0.7, find the value of
4.sin 135° +5cos 135°.
(c) Write down, but do not
evaluate, an expression for
the length of XY.

B G D

ABC is a right-angled triangle in which ABC = 902, AB = 3 cm and

AC = 13 cm. The point D lies on BC produced.
(a) Calculate BC.
(b) Write down, as a fraction, the value of
(i) tan ACB,
(ii) sin ACD. (C)

B € = IDY Wes

In the diagram, BAD = ACD = 90°, ADB = 23°, AD = 6 cm and BCDE isa
straight line.
Using as much of the information given below as is necessary, calculate
(a) AC,
(b) CD,
(c) AB,
(d) sin ADE.
[sin 23> = 0.391; "cos 23° = 0.921; tan.23° = 0474) (C)

88
 Trigonometry and Bearings

In the right-angled triangle ABC, A

P is a point on the side AB.
Given that AP = 4 cm, PB =5 cm, $
BC = 12 cm_and 2C-= 13-cim,
calculate
(a) AC, —
z <

(b) cos BPC ‘ 13

(Cc) tan TAG. pu C

12
(d) sin APC. (C)

. In the diagram, DAB = DBC = 90°, D > G

Ab =#6. cm; BD =20 cm, AD) = 12iem
and AB is parallel to DC. i 20
(a) Express tan ABD as a fraction in
its lowest terms.
(b) Calculate BC. A a ie B
(c) Calculate the area of the trapezium
ABCD. (C)

The AXYZ is right-angled at Y and

M is the midpoint of XZ. Given that

i= Cond. 1 = 65 cm, find the

length of XY. (Cy ox

In the diagram, the bearing of B from North

A is 064°, ACB = 70° and AB = BC.
Calculate
(a) the bearing of A from B,
(b) A BC, North i,

(c) the bearing of C from B. (C)

64°

89
5:5

In the diagram, F, G and H represent three North

points on a map. Calculate
(a) the bearing of G from F,
(b) the bearing of F from H.

The diagram shows three points A, B and C on North,

level ground at the corners of an equilateral
triangle.
Given that the bearing of B from A is 165°,
calculate the bearing of Al \165°
(a) C from A,
(b) A from B,
(c) B from C. C

10. Ve

fe,

A man stands at Y which is 100 m due north of O. The man now walks 110 m
to Z along the arc of the circle, centre O.
(a) Find the bearing of Z from O.
p)
[iryou use the value of 7, take it to be =.)

(b) Find the bearing of Z from Y. (C)

11. A boat leaves a point P and sails in a circle of North

radius 3 km in the direction shown. The centre
of the circle is 3 km due east of P. Find the
bearing of the boat from P when it has travelled
| ; : é
5 5 km along the circumference of the circle.

[Take (— =
V

90
 Trigonometry and Bearings

12.
|
|
|
i
|
|
|
!
|
|
|
|

Villages B and C are each 5 kilometres from village A, and BAC = 150°. The
village C is due south of a point X and the villages A and B are both due east
of X.
(a) Calculate the bearing of C from A.
(b) Calculate the bearing of B from C.
(c) Using as much of the information given below as is necessary, calculate
(i) how far C is west of A,
(ii) the area of the triangle ABC.
isin OU = 0.5--cos 30 = 0).366-0-n-304= 0577 4] (C)

LS. AABC lies in a horizontal plane and is such that D

BC =9 cm. The point D is vertically above B and is
such that BAD = 37° and AD = 20 cm. Find, correct
to the nearest centimetre,
(a) the length of BD, an
(b) the length of CD.
sig 3a = 0.O02sc0s 37. = 0./99; tan 37° = 0.754]
CSN

14.

10 cm B

The diagram represents a triangular prism in which three of the faces are
rectangular. Given that BE = 30 cm, AB= 10em, AC=8 em and BAC —47",
use as much of the information given above as is necessary to calculate
(a) the area of AABC,
(b) the volume of the prism.
[sin 47° = 0.731; cos 47° = 0.682; tan Ayo = US| (C)

91
BES

15. The bearing of B from A is 084°, the bearing on North

of C from A is 123° and AB = AC. Calculate
(a) the bearing of A from B,
(b) ABC, a
(c) the bearing of C from B.

16. ABCDEF is a wedge. Rectangle ABCD is

horizontal and rectangle CDEF 1s vertical.
BP =A3 cm, BC = 12 em and-BD=15 em.
AI CUN ALC Bee oe 886=—Ci/ SE NR w
(a) the tangent of the angle of elevation of E
from B,
(b) the volume of the wedge.

ie The diagram shows part of the wooden frame of the roof of a house.
AD =5 m, DC = 12 m and AD is perpendicular to BC.

(a) Calculate the numerical value of

(i) the tangent of ACD,
(ii) the cosine of ACD.
(b) The frame is strengthened by two struts DE and DF. If DE is perpendicular
to AC, calculate the length of DE.

18.

VABCD is a pyramid. ABCD is a rectangle, AB = 8 cm, BC = 6 cm and

VA=VB = VC =VD = 13 cm. Calchlate
(a) the value of cosine VAC,
(b) the volume of the pyramid.

92
 Trigonometry and Bearings

19.

The diagram represents a triangular roof frame ABC with a water tank
DEFG. BDEC and GF are horizontal. AD and FE are vertical. Given that
tan BCA = 2.5, calculate
(a) the length of AD,
(b) sine of ABC :

20.

Bea

The diagram represents a vertical cross-section of a roof. BC is horizontal,

A is 12 m above BC, 20 m from B and 13 m from C.
(a) Show that BC = 21 m.
(b) Calculate, giving each answer as a fraction in its simplest form, the value
of
(i) cosine of BAC :
(ii) sine of BAC.

21. AT is a vertical mast erected on a

straight hillside AB. Supporting wires
are fastened to it at C. One of the
wires is shown fastened to AB at D.
BN is horizontal. Points A, B, C, D,
E, T and N lie in the same vertical
plane. AD = 12 m, AC = 10 m and
DE= 20 m:
(a) Calculate the value of
(i) cosine of CAE :
(ii) sine of ABN.
(b) If D is 15 m from B, what
distance is D above the
horizontal BN?

93
D0

22. The roof of a house has a top ridge of

length 12 m as shown. The length and
breadth of the house are 15 m and 12 m
respectively. M is the midpoint of the B
edge BC. MN is horizontal. AN is vertical
and is 2 m long. N is a point on the
horizontal base of the roof. All the sloping
edges of the roof are of the same length.
(a) Calculate the numerical value of the
tangent of
(i) AMC,
(ii) ACM.
(b) Find the length of AC.

Worked Example 5
X is 25 km west of Y and the bearing of Y from P is 120°.
(a) If PX is 19 km and XPY is obtuse, calculate, correct to 2 significant figures,
the distance of PY.
(b) A boat travels due east from X towards Y at 25 km/h. Calculate, correct to the
nearest minute, the time it takes to reach Q which is equidistant from P and Y.

Solution:
North

19 km 60° ’~W,

xX lease
+ 25 km 4D ==>

(a) In APXY. Sn ME RVZ _ sin B05

DD) 19

é A l ]
PuSiibe Ney i= 25 (5)(=)
2) \19
= 0.60789
XPY =41.1° or (180° —41.1°)
But XPY is obtuse.

-- XPY = 180° — 41.1°

= 138.9°
-. XPZ = 138.9° — 60°
= 78.9°
-- PXY = 90° —78.9°
hae

94
 Trigonometry and Bearings

In APXY, aie le
Simm WS sin 30°

19
oe r= 1 sin F412 1° km
2

= 2(19)(0.192 5) km
= 7.315 km
=7.3km (2 sig. fig.)
(b) In the diagram, QW is the perpendicular bisector of PY.

Wye tS km
2
= 3.658 km
Wwy
In AOYW, cos 30° =
oy
3.658
cos 30°
= 4.224 km
» XQ = (25 — 4.224) km
= 20.78 km
The boat covers 25 km in | hour.

.. the boat covers the distance XQ in = h, i.e. 0.831 2 h or 50 min (to the

nearest minute).

Alternative Solution:

».6
< 25 km SS

Let OY =x km-and-PZ= y km.

Then PO SOY] 75m
ZO = PQ sin 30°
= ~ km
D
XZ = [25- - ~ x)km

= [25— =) km
2

95
5:5

; . 3x)
In APXZ, y =19- [25z =)

In APQZ, ja=a = (=)

2 ne
eS (2s. =)
y,
a (=)
2

9 A 9x? > x?
[ese PES —_—
3x7 — 75x + 264 =0
x — 25x + 88 =0

oa
EAS 2A 88
2
=4.239 or 20.76— (ejected)

Note: 20.76 is rejected, otherwise XZ is negative.

(a) PY =2WY km
= %.COS. 043K,
= 2(4.239)(0.866) km
=/o kim “(iste tig.)

(b) XO = (25 —x) km

= (25 — 4.239) km
= 20. 7o kin
20.76
. the time taken by the boat to cover XQ = h
oa |
= 50min _ (to the nearest minute)

Worked Example 6

The diagram shows two circles intersecting at B and D. The radii are 4 cm and
4./3 cm respectively. If AABD is equilateral, calculate the area of the
(a) sector OBXD,
(b) segment BXD,
(c) shaded portion.
(Take 7 = 5.14.)

96
 Trigonometry and Bearings

Solution:
(a) BAD = 60° (given)
.. BOD = 120° (Z at centre = twice Z at circumference)

*. area of sector OBXD = ee cm?

=AG1> cra

(b) Area of AOBD = sy sin 120° cm?

= 6.93 cm?
*. area of segment BXD = (16.75 — 6.93) cm?
= 9.82 cm?

(c) ket BD = d cm.

Using cosine rule, d’ = 4° + 4? — 2(4)(4) cos 120°

06)(-5
1
= 32 —2(16 a

= S
-. BD = 43 cm
Hence ABPD is equilateral.
Now P is the centre of the larger circle.

‘. area of sector PBD = <4 3)” erie

= 82cm’
= 25.12 cm’

But area of APBD = 5(443) sin 60° cm’?

1 Nice ae
5 (43)
= —(4V3)°| ||
—]cm

= 4(./3)° cm?
= 078 cme
. area of shaded portion = area of sector PBD — area of APBD
+ area of segment BXD
(25.12 — 20.78 + 9.82) cm°
=A) om

Note: Since AOBD is an isosceles triangle, we can find BD as follows:

d

sin - BOD ae
Dy) 4

(3)
eS sin 60°
= 7d

)
- BD=43 cm

7
55

Worked Example 7

\
15 cm

S | | " { |oN| ! | | | | | | I I I | ! i | | i] | | | | | | | t I ! | v

ABCD represents the base of a dustpan. E and F are points directly above
the points C and D respectively. AB =\DC = FE =30_cm,,CE.= DF = 15 cm
and CBE = DAF = 30°. Calculate
(a) the length of BC,
(b) the length of BE,
(c) the distance between A and E,
(d) the angle between AE and AC.

Solution:
(a) Let Be =x cm:

an 30Pse
X

15
16S
tan 30°

= 25.981
= 26.0 ( sig. fig.)
2 IKE = YO) Cina

(b) Let BE =y cm.

Lal
y
he
5
=
sin 30°

=h()
So sp = HOA

(cy) bet AL = 2 cm.

Zz = 30° + 30°
91° 800
G=tAD 426
=42.4 (3 sig. fig.)
.. the distance AE is 42.4 cm.

98
 Trigonometry and Bearings

(d) Let “CAR = 6°

siete Ey

DA:
42.426

= 0555 56
UR ee— irsOa

Exercise 5.5B }4 answers on p. 246

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. The diagram shows some of the beams

supporting a roof. ABC is a straight
line, ABE = ECD = 90°, CDE = 18°,
AE =9 m,BE =A mand EC =.10 m.
Calculate
(a) AB,
(b) BCE,
(c) CD. (C)

AB, BC, CD, AD, AC and CE are some of the beams supporting a roof. AD and
BC are horizontal and AC is vertical. CE is perpendicular to AB. AC = 3.9 m,
CD = 4.4 mand BAC = 58°. Calculate
(a) the length of CE,
(b) the length of AB,
(c) ACD. (C)
99
33)

3. (a) Given BC=4cm, CAB = 30° and ACB = 50°,

calculate the length of side AB.

(b) ABC is an acute-angled triangle in which ABC = 45.3°. Nisa point on

BC such that ANC = 90°. Given that AC = 6.13 cm and NC= 2.58 cm,
calculate
(i) ACB,
(ii) the length of BC.

4. A ladder AB is 7 m long. Each of the diagrams below shows the ladder in a

different position. In each case the foot of the ladder is on horizontal ground.

B B

1.5m

7m

fe Ns
Diagram I Diagram II Diagram HI

(a) In diagram I, the ladder leans against a vertical wall and makes an angle
of 68° with the ground. Calculate BW, the height of the top of the ladder
above the ground.
(b) In diagram II, the ladder rests against the roof of a shed 5 m high and
projects 1.5 m above it. Calculate BAX, the angle that the ladder makes
with the ground.
(c) In diagram III, the ladder is supported away from a vertical wall by a
horizontal rod CD, 0.6 m long. The point C is 0.9 m from the top of the
ladder and the ladder makes an angle of 75° with the ground. Calculate
AZ, the distance from the foot of the ladder to the wall. (C)

100
 Trigonometry and Bearings

5. The diagram, which is not drawn to

scale, shows the cyclic quadrilateral g <
PQRS, in which PQ = 4 cm, OR =6 cm,
RS = 4 cm and the diagonal PR = 8 cm.
Calculate
(a) POR,
(b) the length of PS.

6. (a) What special name is given to

Oy ee SA YZ
(ii) AAYZ?
(b) Calculate
(Zar.
(ii) BXC.
(c) Describe the symmetries of
the shape as fully as possible.
(d) Name the three-dimensional
solid which would be formed
by folding the shape along
XY, YZ and ZX, so that A, B
and C coincide.
(e) Calculate the total surface area of the solid.

7. A, Band C lie ona horizontal plane.

AT is a vertical mast of height
60 m. The angles of elevation of
T from B and C are 40° and 32°
respectively and BAC = 120°.
(a) Show that BC is 146 m,
correct to the nearest metre.
(b) Calculate ABC , correct to the
nearest degree.
(c) If the bearing of A from B is
068°, what is the bearing of Not drawn to scale
A from C?

we
The diagram shows how a hollow circular tube of height 10 cm and base radius
8 cm is cut along a line AB at an angle to the base to form a parallelogram.
(a) Find the perimeter and area of the parallelogram if BAA’ = 30°.
(b) If the sides of the parallelogram are 18 cm and 25 cm (base) and the small
corner angle is 40°, what is the diameter and height of the circular tube
that could be made?

101
5:5

The diagram shows some beams which C

support the roof of a house. ADB is a
straight lime, AD = 3:93 m, DC = 2.62 m,;
ADC = 124° and DCB = 52°.
(a) Calculate the length of
(i) AC, e 3.93 D B
(ii) DB.
(b) M is the midpoint of CD.
(i) Ifan extra beam is added to join M to a point N on DB such that MN
is perpendicular to DB, calculate the length of the beam MN.
(ii) If another beam is added to join M to a point E on AD such that
AE: ED=2: 1, calculate the length of the beam ME.

10. ABCD is a sketch of a garden. AD is

parallel to BC, DC is perpendicular to
BC and A is equidistant from B and C.
(a) Join A to C and give a brief reason
why DAC = ABC.
(b) Show that BC = 2AD.
(c) Given that ABC =) 2° aired
AD = 13 m, calculate the area of the
garden. Give your answer correct to
1 decimal place.

11. The diagram shows a swimming pool

whose shape is a regular octagon. Each
side is 8 metres long. Calculate the area
of the pool.

12. Parallelogram ABCD is a glass panel on

a staircase. AN is horizontal. DA and CB
are vertical. DA = 1.08 m, BN = 2.24 m
and DAB = 56°. Calculate
(a) the area of the glass panel,
(b) the height and breadth of each step
of the staircase, giving your answers
correct to the nearest centimetre.

Not drawn to scale

102
 Trigonometry and Bearings

13. AP is a flagstaff erected by a few scouts.

Supporting ropes are fastened to it at S.
Two of the ropes are shown fastened to
the ground. A, B and C are points on the
horizontal ground such that BA = 3.24 m,
AC =3.85 m, SCA =55° and BAC = 115°.
Calculate
(a) the length of AS,
(b) SBA,
(c) the distance between B and C.

14. ABCD represents a rectangular gate. E lies

on DC and F lies on CB. AE, AC and
AF represent metal struts. AD = 144 cm,
DE = 60 cm, EC = 48 cm and AF= CF.
(a) Calculate the numerical value of
144
(i) cosine of DAE :
(ii) sine of EAC.
(b) Calculate the length of AF.

15,

te
(eee
A 40 m B

From a point A 1.7 m above ground, a man measures the angle of elevation of
T, the top of a building, as 30°. He walks 40 metres towards the building to a
point B and measures the angle of elevation of T as 52°. Calculate
(a) the length of BT,
(b) the height of the building.

16. Robert has a piece of land. His son

calculates the area to be 560 m’.
(a) Explain how Robert can show, without 20m

using a calculator, that his son must

80°
be wrong.
(b) Calculate (using a calculator) the 28 m
area of the piece of land, correct to
1 decimal place.

103
55

17. John walks from his home at A to his school at C. He Cc

usually goes along the roads AB and BC. ABC isan
obtuse angle as shown in the diagram.
40 m
His brother says there is a footpath which is only
50 metres long from A to C.
(a) Explain how John shows, without using a iA
30 m B
calculator, that his brother is wrong.
(b) If there is a straight footpath from A to C and WEG = 110°, calculate
(using a calculator) how much distance John can save using the footpath
rather than walking from A to C, via B.

18.

In the diagram, the rectangle ABCD of a right-angled wedge lies on a horizontal

plane. AB = 14 cm and BC = 10 cm. The points EF and F are vertically above
C and D respectively and CE = DF = 6 cm. Q is the midpoint of BC and P is

the point on BE vertically above Q, thus making PQ = =EC and DQ = AQ.

Calculate
(a) the length of AQ,
(b) the inclination of AP to the horizontal,
(c) the angle between AQ and the plane PODF.

19.

The diagram represents an artificial ski slope. The surface of the slope, PORS,
is a rectangle. T is a point vertically below R, and U is vertically below Q, so
that PSTU is a horizontal rectangle. M is the midpoint of RS. PO = 80 m,
OR = 100 m and RT = 45 m.
(a) Calculate angle RST.
(b) Carol skis down the slope along the line BE. Calculate
(i) the length of RP,
(ii) the angle that her path makes with the horizontal.
(c) She returns to the top of the slope by walking from P to M and then from
M to Q. Find
(i) the distance that she has to walk,
(ii) the angle of depression of M from Q. (C)

104
 Trigonometry and Bearings

20. The diagram shows a cylinder from a

roll of tissue paper. There is an
‘overlapping join’ which spirals
round the cylinder. Part of the
‘overlapping join’ is darkened round
the cylinder once from A to B. The
diameter of the cylinder is 4.6 cm
and the shortest distance between A
and B is 8.6 cm.
(a) Calculate the circumference of
the cylinder.
(b) The length of the darkened line
can be represented by the
diagonal AB of this rectangle.

8.6 cm

Calculate
(i) the length of AB,
(ii) the size of @.
(c) If the height of the cylinder is 10.8 cm, calculate the total length of the
‘overlapping join’ of the cylinder.

21. A slide spirals round a cylindrical

tower of diameter 3.4 m. The slide
makes two complete rounds from T
to B as shown in diagram I. The
height of the tower is 9.2 m. The
width of the slide is 0.8 m. A boy
slides along the middle line of the
height
slide from 7 to B. The distance
covered by the boy after one
complete round can be represented
by the diagonal of the rectangle as base

shown in diagram II. The angle Diagram II

between this diagonal and the base
of the rectangle represents the angle
that the slide makes with the
horizontal.
(a) Find the height and the base of the rectangle in diagram II.
(b) Calculate the angle that the slide makes with the horizontal.
(c) Calculate the total distance covered by the boy who slides from 7 to B.

105
 SS

xX A
The diagram shows a face of a rectangular box which has been tilted about the
horizontal edge through A until the corner B is 45 cm above the horizontal line
XAY.
4 .y

(a) Calculate the inclination of AB to the horizontal.

(b) Calculate the height of C above XAY.
(c) Through what further angle must the box be tilted to bring C vertically
above A? (C)

DRE The figure represents a pattern on a

floor. The three semicircles have
diameters 3 cm, 1.5 cm and 1.5 cm.
Calculate
(a) the radius of the circle with O.__R
centre O, which touches the ke— 1.5 cm >
3cm >
three semicircles,
(b) POR.

*24, Two circles with radii 3 cm and

oe
4 cm respectively have their centres
A and B at a distance 5 cm apart and

Wz
they intersect at C and D.
(a) Calculate
(i) the area ~-Of the
quadrilateral ABCD,
(ii) the angle CAD,
(iii) the area of the sector CAD,
leaving your answer in
terms of 7.
(b) In the above figure, the area of the quadrilateral is represented by p, the
area of the sector CAD by gq, the area of the sector CDB by r and the area
common to the two circles by x. Express x in terms of p, g andr. (C)

LORS At a point A due west of a pagoda, a man observes that the angle of elevation
of its top is 20°. After he has walked 30 metres along a horizontal path on a
bearing of 125° to a point B, the pagoda is due north of the man. Calculate
(a) the height of the pagoda,
(b) the angle of elevation of the top of the pagoda measured from B.

106
 Trigonometry and Bearings

*26.

A fish pond shown in the diagram is bounded by an arc of a circle centre A and
part of a triangle ABC. EB = 8 m, BC = 9 m, CD = 5 m and DCB = 90°.
(a) Show that the radius of the circle is 7 m.
(b) Calculate
(i) the perimeter of the pond,
(ii) the surface area of the water.

*27. Ali designed a symmetrical logo. The

unshaded part is bounded by an arc of a
circle and three line segments of the
same length, as shown in the diagram.
Two of these sides when produced will
meet at the point at which the arc touches
a shorter side of the rectangle, measuring
72 mm by 42 mm. Calculate, correct to
the nearest millimetre,
(a) the radius of the circle,
(b) the perimeter of the unshaded part
of the logo.

*28.

While a window frame is being fitted into a wall, it is held in place by supports.
The diagram above shows two of the supports. AB is a vertical edge of the
window frame and it is supported at points P and Q such that AP = PQ = QB.
Rand S are points where the supports touch the horizontal ground. BN represents
the height of the part of the wall below the window frame. ice 20 10).
OS-= 2m, RN = 1.5 m and RSO = 50°. Calculate, correct to | decimal place,
the height of
(a) the window frame,
(b) the part of the wall below the window frame.

107
 SRS)

429.

North

North

A motorboat has broken down. It is on a bearing of 240° from Watch-point A

and on a bearing of 345° from Watch-point B.
(a) Copy the diagram and mark on it the position of the boat accurately. Label
it M.
(b) The distance between A and B is 500 m.
(i) Write down the scale used in the diagram.
(ii) Show, by calculation, that MA ~ 407 m.
(c) A tug boat sets out from Rescue-point R (not shown on the diagram). The
point R is 353 m due west of A.
(i) Calculate the distance between M and R.
(ii) Mark the approximate position of R on your diagram and calculate
the bearing of M from R. Give your answer correct to the nearest
degree.

*30.

The diagram shows the top view of three cylindrical tins packed in a box with
a square base. If the radius of each tin is 5 cm, calculate the length of the square
base. Give your answer correct to | decimal place.

108
5.6 LOCI

Worked Example 1
(a) Draw a line segment AB 4.5 cm long. With AB as the base, complete the square
ABED:
(a) The point P, which lies inside the square ABCD is such that AP < PC and
CP < AB. On your square, construct, and indicate clearly by thickening, the
boundary of the region in which P must lie.

Solution:
(a), (b) D C

A B
The region in which P must lie includes the thickened boundary.

Worked Example 2
Shops P and S are 3 km apart along the main road such that S$ is due east of P. The
town centre O is on the main road halfway between P and S. A man intends to build
two shops Q and R such that Q is north and R is south of the main road respectively
and both the shops should be more than |.1 km from S but nearer to S than to P. With
a scale of 1 cm to | km, draw neatly and indicate accurately,
(a) the possible sites of shop Q if OQ = 1.5 km,
(b) the possible sites of shop R if OR < 1.5 km.

Solution:
(a) O is the town centre. The thickened line
(excluding the small circles) represents
the set of possible sites of shop Q if
OO =1 km.

(b) The shaded region (excluding the dotted

boundaries) represents the possible sites
of shop R if OR < 1.5 km.

109
5.6

Exercise 5.6A } “ answers on p. 247

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. Acrane’s base is fixed. The crane

aaa = IEEE
can raise or lower loads anywhere
du
between 4 metres and 14 metres yb
<
from the centre of its base. For
safety reasons, it never operates
KX
within 4 metres of the fence of
the kindergarten (measured
horizontally).
Copy the diagram. Using a scale
of 1 cm to represent 2 m,
construct and shade in the plan
the region where the crane can
operate.

kindergarten

base of crane °

110
 Loci

In the diagram, AB represents the door

to a storeroom under a staircase.
ABS 0.8m, BC=EF=1,.2m,CD=2.8m
and DE = 2.2 m. All angles in the diagram
are right angles.
(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent
0.2 m, draw a scale drawing of the
staircase showing the points A, B, C,
Not drawn to scale
D, E and F accurately.
(b) A mouse is hiding in the storeroom. John wants to put a trap more than
1 m from F, a point at the first step of the staircase. He also wants the trap
to be less than 0.6 m from AB or from A. Indicate, by shading, the region
in which the trap must be placed.

(a) In the triangle ABC, X is a point on B

BC such that AB = AX. Given that
BAX = XAC = 40°, calculate .

(i) ABX,
(ii) ACX ° [740°

(b) Copy the diagram. Mark clearly on 4

the given diagram any point P which
is the same distance from the lines AB
and AC. (C)

(a) Draw a line segment AB 8 cm long. With AB as the base, complete the
rectangle ABCD such that BC = 5 cm.
Inside the rectangle,
(b) draw the locus of points which are 4 cm from A,
(c) draw the locus of points which are the same distance from the lines AD
and BC,
(d) shade the region where the points are more than 4 cm from A and nearer
to the line AD than to BC.

(a) Draw an equilateral triangle ABC of side 6 cm standing on the base BC.
(b) The point P, which lies inside the triangle ABC is such that BP > CP and
the distance of P from the midpoint of BC is not more than 3 cm. On your
diagram, construct and indicate clearly, by thickening, the boundary of
the region in which P must lie.

A dog is tethered by a chain 5 metres long to a vertical post in a garden.

(a) Describe the locus of points representing the possible positions the dog
can reach.
(b) If the post is 4 metres from a straight path, find the length of the part of
the path the dog can reach.

111
5.6

vf (a) Draw a square ABCD of side 6 cm with the two diagonals intersecting
at O.
(b) The point P lies inside the square and is such that OP > 2.5 cm, PA < PE
and PB < PD. Construct and shade the region representing the locus of all
possible positions of P.

Ae)

e
A

A rod OA, of length | metre, is pivoted at O and rotates anticlockwise, in a

horizontal plane, at a constant rate. It takes 2 minutes to make one revolution.
An insect starts at O and moves at a constant speed of 1 metre per minute along
the rod, towards A and immediately returns to O. Sketch the path traced out by
the insect.

oS: A and B are fixed points d cm apart.

(a) Describe the locus of points which are
(i) not more than k cm from A where k is a constant,
(ii) equidistant from A and B.
(b) Describe the locus of points which are points of intersection of the two

loci in part (a) if k > “.

10. A and B are fixed points on a straight line. P is a point such that APAB has a
constant area. Describe the locus of all possible positions of P.

11. AB is a fixed line. A point P moves in the plane containing AB. Describe fully
the locus of points which represent all possible positions of P, given that
(a) P is always 25 cm from A,
(b) P is always 25 cm from AB,
(c) P is always the same distance from B as from A.

112
 Loci

12. The diagram shows two concentric circles,

centre C, radii 2 cm and 3 cm. A and B are two
points on the circumference of the larger circle
such that AB touches the smaller circle as
shown.
(a) Draw an accurate copy of the diagram.
Then draw on your diagram, the locus of
points that represent the possible positions
of P such that the area of APAB is twice i i
the area of ACAB. Describe this locus.
(b) On the same diagram, shade the region in which the point Q must lie if
2cm < CQ <3 cm and area of AQAB S area of APAB.

Worked Example 3

| YY
C— B

The square ABCD represents a card which stands in a vertical plane with CB ona
horizontal table.
(a) Calculate the length of BD, given that CB = 99 mm. Give your answer correct
to the nearest millimetre.
(b) Describe completely the locus of all possible positions of D if the card is
rotated in its own plane in a clockwise direction until A reaches the table.

Solution:
(a) DC =CB=99 mm
DB’ = DC’ + CB’
DB = \2 x 99? mm
140 mm_ (to the nearest mm)

(b) The locus of all possible positions of D is an arc of a circle with centre B and
radius equal to 140 mm and the arc subtends an angle DBD’ equal to 90°.

113
3)

Exercise 5.6B }“ answers on p. 247

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. (a) A ladder, 5 metres long, stands on horizontal ground and rests against a
vertical wall. The foot of the ladder is 1.5 metres from the wall. Use the
theorem of Pythagoras to calculate how high the ladder reaches up the
wall. Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.
(b) The ladder, the wall and the ground are represented in the accurate
drawing below. The scale of the drawing is 2 cm to | m. The point A is the
midpoint of the ladder, and O is the point where the wall meets the
ground. Copy the diagram and on your diagram, draw the ladder leaning
against the wall in at least six other possible positions. Mark its midpoint
each time.

(c) If all possible positions of the ladder were drawn, the midpoints would
form a curve. Describe that curve fully. (GC)

114
 Loci

2. Answer the whole of this question on plain paper.

Use your ruler, compasses and protractor to draw accurately a quadrilateral
ABCD in which AD = 8 cm, AB = 5.5 cm, BAD Sy. ABC = 125° and
ADC = 90°.
Find the midpoint of the line AD and mark it clearly with the letter M. Use it
to help you to draw on your diagram the locus of all the points which are the
same distance from A as they are from D. Label the locus clearly on your
diagram.

3. Answer the whole of this question on plain paper.

(a) Construct the triangle POR with base OR = 8.5 cm, POR = 38° and
PQ = 8 cm. Measure and write down the length of PR.
(b) On the same diagram
(i) draw the locus of points equidistant from Q and R,
(ii) draw the locus of points equidistant from PQ and OR.

4. Answer the whole of this question on plain paper.

Construct the triangle ABC in which AB = 8.5 cm, ABC = 108° and
Be =) 2m,
(a) Measure and write down the length of AC.
(b) On the same diagram
(i) draw the locus of points which are 3.5 cm from B,
(ii) draw the locus of points which are equidistant from the lines CA and
CB.
(c) Mark with the letter P the point inside the triangle ABC which is 3.5 cm
from B and equidistant from CA and CB. Measure and write down the
length of AP.
(d) Indicate clearly, by shading, the region inside the triangle ABC which
contains the points which are more than 3.5 cm from B and which are
nearer to CA than to CB. (C)

5. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of plain paper.

A field is in the form of a quadrilateral ABCD with AB = 90 m, ABC = TOs
BC = 33 m, AD = 70 m and diagonal BD = 85 m.
(a) (i) Using a scale of | cm to represent 10 m, construct an accurate scale
drawing of the field.
(ii) Measure and write down the size of BCD.
(b) In achildren’s contest, a prize is hidden at a point in the field. It is 15 m
from the side CD and equidistant from the sides AB and AD. On your
drawing, construct the locus which represents
(i) all points in the field which are 15 m from CD,
(ii) all points in the field which are equidistant from AB and AD.
(c) Label, with the letter X, the point representing the position where the
prize is hidden.

115
5:6

6. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of plain paper.

Draw a circle of radius 4 cm, whose centre O is 6 cm from a straight line J.
(a) Construct
(i) the locus of points which are 3 cm from the line /,
(ii) the locus of points which are 7 cm from O.
(b) Hence construct a circle of radius 3 cm which touches the line / and also
touches the circle of radius 4 cm externally. (C)

D G

55m

A 80 m B

The diagram shows a rectangular armoury. Sentries guarding the armoury walk
outside the armoury along a path that is always 15 m from the perimeter of the
armoury.
(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 10 m, draw and label the plan ABCD
of the armoury and the locus which represents the path along which the
sentries walk.
(b) The changing of sentries takes place at a point P such that P is nearer to
B than to A. P is less than 50 m from A and more than 15 m from AB.
Using the same scale draw and indicate clearly, by shading, the region in
which P must lie.

.
Jah F

The regular hexagon ABCDEF represents a card which stands in a vertical

plane with EF on a horizontal table.
(a) Calculate
(i) the measure of an exterior angle of the hexagon,
(ii) the length of DF, given that EF = 10 cm.
(b) Describe completely the locus of all possible positions of D if the card is
rotated in its own plane in a clockwise direction until A reaches the table.

116
 Loci

9. Wang-wang and Fah-fah are two dogs.

(a) Wang-wang’s lead is 1.5 m long. One end of its lead is attached to a fixed
point A.

wall

kennel

Copy the scale diagram. Using a scale of 1 cm to represent | m, draw on

the diagram the locus of all possible positions of Wang-wang if its lead
remains taut.
(b) Fah-fah’s lead is 2 m long. One end of its lead is attached to a nail on the
wall so that the other end of the lead must not come nearer than 0.5 m to
the unfixed end of Wang-wang’s lead.
(i) Draw, on your diagram for part (a), the possible positions P, and P,
of the nail.
(ii) Find, by measurement, the actual distance between P, and P,,.

10. The diagram shows a rectangle D N G

ABCD. M and N are midpoints of AB
and DC respectively, AB = 12 cm
and BC = 6 cm.
(a) Make a full scale copy of the
diagram.
(b) On your diagram draw
A M B
accurately the locus of all
possible positions of
(i) a point P which moves inside the rectangle so that it is equidistant
from the lines AB and MN,
(ii) a point Q which moves inside the rectangle so that the area of
triangle AOB is 24 cm’.
Label each locus clearly.
(c) Mark on your figure a point X such that XA > XB and X is equidistant from
the lines AB and MN. The area of triangle XAB is 24 cm’. Measure the
lengths of AX and BX.

UY.
 O16

il1 An observer at X sees a boat B on a bearing of p° (N p° E), where 0 < p S45.

A second observer at Y, which is 4 km north-east of X sees B on a bearing of
270° + p° (W p° N). Illustrate the data on a sketch and give your reasons why
XBY = 90°. A third observer at Z is 4 km south-east of B. Using a scale of
1 cm to 1 km, construct accurately the set of possible positions of
(a) Band (b) Z. (C)

*12. Construct the parallelogram ABCD in which AB = 8 cm, AD = 6 cm and

BAD = 50°. Measure, and write down, the length of AC. On the same diagram,
construct
(a) the locus of a point X which moves so that it is equidistant from A.and C,
(b) the locus of a point Y which moves so that BYD = 90°.
The position of a point P, which lies inside the parallelogram, is such that
AP = PC and BPD < 90°. Indicate clearly, by shading, the region in which
the point P must lie.

e138; A ship leaves a harbour at H. The

diagram shows its course from H to
A and then to B. A is 8 km north of H
and the bearing of B from A is 070°.
R is a point 24 km east of H and B is
36 km from A.
(a) Calculate, correct to the nearest
degree, the bearing of A from R.
(b) A radio beacon is situated at R.
The beacon has a range of
18 km.
(i) Using a scale of 1 cm to Not drawn
represent 4 km, draw a to scale
scale diagram showing the
positions of the points H, R, A and B accurately.
(ii) On your diagram, draw the locus which represents the points which
are 18 km from R.
(iii) Describe the part of your diagram that represents the locus of points
at which the ship is able to pick up the signal from the beacon.

“14, The diagram shows a semicircle. A is

and B are fixed points at the ends of
the diameter. P is a variable point on
the circumference of the semicircle. A B
AP is produced to Q so that
POH PB:
(a) Draw a semicircle with diameter of about 4 cm and mark six points
Q,, Q,, Q;, Q,, Q; and Q, to show six of the possible positions of Q. Then
draw a sketch of the locus of all possible positions of Q.
(b) Study your sketch in part (a) and describe the locus represented by the
sketch.

118
 Loci

*15. In the diagram, AABC is a fixed triangle. B’is =C

a variable point on BC and C’ is a point such c
that AAB’C’ and AABC are similar triangles.
(a) Mark four points to show four of the
possible positions of C’. Then sketch the B
locus of all possible positions of C’.
(b) Samy says the locus in part (a) is a straight
line. Do you agree? Can you prove or
disprove it?

716: The diagram shows three flags A, B

and C. A is 12 m west of B, C is due
north of B and the bearing of C from
A is 045°. ©. Le
Tony is playing a game of Treasure
Hunt. Help Tony to answer the ALR x
questions in parts (a), (b) and (c) so
ALR
that he will be given clues for the
Treasure Hunt. aH «|B
(a) Draw a scale diagram of 1 cm al
to represent 1 m to show the
points A, B and C. Then ARH ee
complete AABC with AB
horizontal.
(b) On your scale diagram, mark five points N,, N,, N;, N, and N, on the line
segment AB to divide it equally into six parts. Then construct P, directly
above N, such that P, is equidistant from the vertex C and the side AB.
Similarly construct P, above N,, P; above N, and so on under the same
condition.
(c) Draw, on your scale diagram, the midpoints of AC and BC and label them
X and Yrespectively. Does XY bisect CN,, CN,, CN,, CN, and CN,?
(d) The first clue for the Treasure Hunt is as follows:
‘The TREASURE is buried at a point inside AABC such that it is
equidistant from the vertex C and the side AB.’
Sketch, on your scale diagram, the locus of all possible positions of the
treasure.
(e) The second clue for the Treasure Hunt is as follows:
‘The TREASURE is also equidistant
from the side AC and the side
BCS
Mark, on your scale diagram, the point at which the treasure is buried and
label it T.

119
35.7 VECTORS

Worked Example 1
=> >
It is given that c = a + b and d = a — b where a = OA,b = Opa OC. and
d= On. If the coordinates of the points O, A and B are (0, 0), (2, 3) and (-1, 4)
respectively, find the coordinates of the points C and D.

Solution:

Now c=

“. the coordinates of C and D are (1, 7) and (3, —1) respectively.

Worked Example 2

A ia B

ABCD is a parallelogram. The point EF, on DC, is such that DE : EC =2:3.AD and
2
BE are produced to meet at F. AB = fe and AD = le

(a) Find |AB\,

(b) Express as a column vector

(i) 480,
(ii) CE,
(iii) EB.

120
 Vectors

Solution:

(a) |AB|= 10?

=10

(b) (i) BC | St
Il sa
ive)

WwW
MN]
Mmlw
Wm|[wo

(iii) EB = EC GR
] | ay21
II |
SON
aNee,
os NaN
aSSey

Exercise 5.7A Ly answers on p. 247

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. OACB is a parallelogram. Given

Fy :
that OA =a and OB = b, express in
terms of a and/or b, ie
—

(a) OC,
(b) BA, oy

(c) CB.

2. Express AD in terms of a, b and c.

Yb

3. Ife =a+b and d = 2a + 2b,

(a) express
(i) cin terms of d, (ii) ain terms of b and d.
(b) show that b=d-a-c.
Onli

4. Express as a single vector,

— ~ =>
(a) 2AR + BA + BC + Ch + DE, E

(b) DE EAC CR

Re

Q eS

"SY

eu

Te

~>
It is given that OP =p and OQ =q.R, S, T and U are points on the grid.
Express, in terms of p and/or q,
(a) OR, (b) OS, () OT, @ On.” (O
—>

It is given thate = a+ 2b and d =a-—b where a= OA, b= OB, c= OC and

d = OD. If the coordinates of the points O, A and B are (0, 0), (—2, 4) and
(2, 3) respectively, find the coordinates of the points C and D.

The diagram shows the positions of the

points X, P and Q where PO = Ci

2 ie
(a) Y is the point such that POYX is a
parallelogram. Express oy as a
column vector.
(b) Zis the point such that POXZ is a pe

parallelogram. Express XZ as a
column vector.

(c) RK is the midpoint of PQ. Express XR as a column vector. (C)

122
 Vectors

8. Copy the figure and on it

construct the following:

es OP = —b+a

(b) 0Q = =b-c, ; :
X=

(c) OR =a- b+ xe.

—_——
mw

R and S are the midpoints of two sides of the rectangle ABCD as shown. Copy
and complete the following:
(a) a+b=

(mah
=
(c) a+2b=

nes She
(e) Cb. Da 4

10.

a
P

ae
(a) Express PQ in column vector form.

(b) PS = 2a. Copy the diagram and mark the point S on it.

(c) PT =a+b. Mark the point 7 on your diagram. (G)

123
a7;

=
11. In the diagram, AB =p, AC =q and X is
1
the point on CB such that CX = ae

(a) Express as simply as possible in terms

of p and/or q,
(i) CB, A Sy

(ii) AX.
(b) Given further that AK = hp + kq, and that 7 is the point such that

AT = hp, copy the diagram, mark and label the point 7 on your diagram.
(C)

12.

O Be p
je

Ze

In the diagram, OP =p and OQ =q. The point Z is also shown.

(a) Copy the diagram and mark clearly on your diagram
(i) the point X, such that OX = 2p + 3q,
(ii) the point Y, such that OY =-2(p —q).
(b) Write down OZ in terms of p and q. (C)

13, In the vector diagram, OA = a and

O a A
OB =H hp
(a) Write down, in terms of a and b, the
b
vector AB.
(b) Prand*O™are poimts such that
= I >
OP = a~ <b and 0Q = “(a +b). |
Copy the diagram and on it construct
>

the vectors OP and OQ.

124
 Vectors

14. ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 3.6 cm. C

~
If AB is the vector b and AC is the vector e,
copy the diagram and on it, draw accurately
(a) the line segment AP which represents the c

vector sb+ 2¢,

(b) the line segment AQ which represents

the vector 3b — ec. b

15.

~
In the diagram, AB represents the column vector ba and BC represents the

column vector

(a)
(33)
3):

Copy the diagram and on it, mark clearly and label the point D such that
ABCD 1s a parallelogram.
(b) Write down AD in column vector form.
: =e
(c) Write down CA in column vector form.

16.

O is the origin. The position vectors of two fixed points A and B are a and b
respectively.
(a) If nis any number, positive or negative, and the position vector of any
point P is a + nb, copy the diagram and on it, draw accurately the set of
positions of P.
(b) P, is the point at which n = 3 and P, is the point at which n = —1. Find the
position vector of M, the midpoint of P,P). (C)

125
s) r/

Worked Example 3
O
(a) In the diagram, AL 1s = of

AB and AM is ds of AL. Given

af 4 a b
that OA =a and OB =b, express
as simply as possible in terms of
a and b, A y ; B

(i) AB.
(ii) AM,
(iii) OM.
(b) Two points P and Q have position vectors p and q respectively, relative to the

origin. Given that p = ) and PO = ei find

(i) q,
(ii) |PO “s

(iii) the coordinates of the point T, which is such that OT = OP.

Given also that s = a u= (3)and /p + ms = u, write down two simultaneous

equations in / and m and solve them.

Solution:

ey Oh ee (ii) Alt = —AL and AL = —AB

(iii) OM = OA + AM
a
=a+—b-—a
3 = 9= Ab
16 16 3 b
= —( —a

— ee 2b ko
16 16

(b) () PO=q-p
&
di) |PQ|
aor= (Cay +2
-q= PO+p = 13

126
 Vectors -

(iii) OT = OP
=-~PO
—_>7

.. the coordinates of T are (3, —2).

We have /p + ms = U, i.e. (3) + m(3] II

\O
2 See
eS

The two simultaneous equations are

CN ee (ae eee (1)

i FS 0) 1 tie eee era (2)
(1) — (2), we have 21 = 6
[=

and m Apa
2

Worked Example 4
1 se ai
In the diagram, OA = OB = OZ, AX = XB and OY = me OA =aand OB =b.

(a) Express, in terms of a and/or b,

(i) AB,
(ii) OX,
(iii) YX,
(iv) ZY.
(b) What do the results of (iii) and (iv) of part (a) tell you about X, Y anGuZs
(c) Write down the ratio |Z " |x|.

Li7-7/
Baz,

Solution:
(ape). “AB
= ba GiO=.
01 ae
ad

=a+ —(b-a)
= (a + b)

(iii) YX = OX - OY (iv) Z¥ = OY — OZ
= Sabla = —a-—(-b)

are b ae
6 D

se ‘ yx 1 ]
(b) From (iii) and (iv) of part (a), we have = ee + 5b

= =(sa + b)
DONS

= 57
2

Since Y is a common point, Xx and zy are in a Straight line.

.. X, Y and Z lie on a straight line.

(c) We have YX a ~z

= (ZV Nye S21.

Exercise 5.7B Fy answers on p. 248

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. The position vectors of two points A

and B relative to an origin O are a and
b respectively, as illustrated in the
diagram.
A
(a) The position vector of a point P is
a + hb where h = 0. Copy the
diagram and on it draw accurately
the locus.of P.
(b) The position vector ofapointOis 2? b B
a+ k(a +b) where k = 0. On the
same diagram, draw accurately the
locus of Q.
Label your answers clearly. (Cc)

128
2. It jiskegiven, hate POS RS» LU
and VW are parallel and that
2
POQ= ks 1
= lu = =VW.Express

(a) b,
(b) ¢,
(c) d,
(d) b+e+d,
in terms of a.

ABCD is a parallelogram. The point

F.-on DG, is such that DE = =D.

The lines AD and BE, when produced,

meet at F. AB = (5 and AD = a

(a) Find the value of |ABI.

(b) Express each of the following as
a column vector:

(Gi) CR,
Gi) EC.
(i. FES (C)

The vector s has a length of 4 km and a direction on a bearing of 030°. The

vector t has a length of 4 km and a direction on a bearing of 150°.

(a) Find the bearing of +

(b) Find '

(i) the length of —2s,
(ii) the bearing of —2s.
‘ Pindh +
(i) the bearing of (s + t),
(ii) the length of (s + t). (C)

It is given that OP =2a+hb, OR = 4a + 3b and that OPQR is a parallelogram.

(a) Express as simply as possible, in terms of a and b,
(i) RO,
(ii) PR.
(b) Given'that QO = h(a ip *b). Aarne Valued of
5e7

+ q. in each of the
p and q are two vectors and Ip| = 5. Find the value of Ip
following cases:
(a) q = 3p, |
(b) q =—3p,
(c) q is perpendicular to (p + q) and |q| = 3.

O is the origin, A is the point (7, 24) and B is the point (1, —3). The directed line
segments OA and OB represent vectors a and b respectively.
(a) Find |al.
(b) Given that P is the point (x, y) and that OP = a — 3b, find the values of
x and y.

OABC is a rectangle whose diagonals =© B

intersect at M. If OA =a and OC =¢,
express in terms of a and/or c, eh M
=

(a) BC,
(b) AM. a : rr
If |a| = 25 and |e| = 14, calculate BOA.

O ° A

In the triangle OAB, M is the midpoint of AB and N is the midpoint of OA.

(a) Given that OA =a and OB = b, express in terms of a and b,

(i) AB,
(ii) Al,
(iii) OM,
(iv) BN.

: ?)
(b) P lies on OM such that OP = mee. Express BP in terms of a and b.

(c) Express BP in terms of BN. Explain the geometrical significance of this

relationship.

130
 Vectors

10. O is the origin and A is a fixed point whose position vector is a. The vector b
has a constant magnitude but can vary in direction. If the point P moves in a
fixed plane through OA, describe clearly the locus of the point P when the
position vector of P is
(a) a+band
(b) a-—b. (C)

In a computer game, a spot on the screen bounces off the four sides of a
rectangular frame.
4
(a) If the column vector for AB iS E)write down the column vector for
a

y= BC;
(ii) CD.
(b) If P is a point such that PB and PC are perpendicular to the length and
breadth of the rectangular frame respectively, what can you tell about the
relationship between
(i) ABP and CBP,
(ii) BCP and DCP?
ca aes
(c) Write down the column vector for the fourth movement DE if the spot
continues to bounce in the same way.
(d) Given that the spot continues its fifth movement EF in the same way,

what can you tell about EF and AB?

(e) Do these vectors form a closed figure? If so, what is the name of the
figure? Show your working clearly to support your answers.

131
SO)

12.

20q

Ld

O 20p
: 1 F
OABC is a parallelogram. The point X on AC is such that AX = a . The point

Y on AB is such that AY = TAB.

\

Given that OA = 20p and OC = 20q, express in terms of p and q,

(a) re
(b) ANE,
(c) Ox,
(d) OY.
What do the results of parts (c) and (d) tell you about O, X and Y?

13. (a) Os the origin, A the point (2, 1) and B the point (3, —2).
a3 _
(i) Given that the vector OC is such that OC = OA = OB. calculate the
coordinates of C.

(ii) Given that D is the point (13, —4) and that OD = pOA + qOB,
where p and q are constants, calculate the values of p and gq.
(b) P,Q, R and S are four points such that PO = SR. Prove that PS = OR :
(C)

14.

A
mn :
OA and OB are the vectors 12a and 12b respectively, and OP and OO are the

vectors 4a and 4b. Find the vectors AB and PO in terms of a and b. Given that
| :
PR = 7 Pb, find also the vectors BP, AR and OR in terms of a and b. Hence

show that the points Q, R and A lie on a straight line.

 Vectors

15: In AOAB, X is the point on OA such that Ox = =OA and Y is the midpoint

of AB. The point Z on OB produced is such that OB = BZ . Given that OA is

the vector a and OB is the vector b, state in terms of a and b,

(a) OX, (b) OF, (c) OZ,

(a) XY, (e) YZ.
Deduce a property of the points X, Y and Z and state the ratio of the lengths XY
and YZ.

16.

A X B

ABCD is a quadrilateral and ADEF is a parallelogram with AF parallel to and

equal in length to BC. X is the midpoint of AB and Y is the midpoint of CD. If
AB =hb, AD = d and BC = ¢, write down, in terms of b, c and d, the vectors

AC, Cb and AY. Deduce, by the use of vectors, that AF is parallel to XY.

17,

0
2p ;
OABC is a parallelogram. M is the midpoint of AB and Nis the midpoint of CB.
OA = 2p and OC = 2a.
—>

(a) Express, in terms of p and/or q,

(i) CN, (ii) OM. (iii) CM.
(b) The point X divides CM in the ratio 2 : 3. Express, in terms of p
and/or q,
i) CX, (ii) OX, (iii) XN.
(c) What do the results of (ii) and (iii) of part (b) tell you about O, X and N?
(d) Write down the ratio Ox |XN).

133
OE,

18. In the diagram, OD = DB, CE = ED, B

OC =CA =2:4 1 and Br =A = "4 2 3:

OA = a and OB sub;
(a) Express, in terms of a and/or b,
i) &. (i) ED,
D

;
Gio (iv) BA,
(is BE, Gisee. O A
(b) What can you tell about O, E and C
F? Show working clearly to
support your answer.

19. B

D
G

Ly

O A

In the triangle OAB, OA =A, OB =b, OC = ab and D and E are points on

BASich thanB De DA =I a2 andeBE EEA seal:

(a) Express, in terms of a and/or b,
Gey Bn (BD: Giaee
liv) OE, (vy) CD.
(b) What do the results of (iv) and (v) of part (a) tell you about the line
segments CD and OE?

20. (a)

A
M i i :

In the diagram, 7 is the midpoint of AB and M is the midpoint of AT.

~ =
Given that OA =a and OB =b, express as simply as possible in terms of
a and b,
(Dat eB Gin aia. (iii) OM.

134
 Vectors

(b) Two points P and Q have position vectors p and q respectively, relative
—2
to the origin O. Given that p = 3) and PO = 1),find

(i) q,
(ii) |PO %)

(ili) the coordinates of the point R, which is such that OR = OP t

1
Given also that s = () t= o| and /p + ms = t, write down two

simultaneous equations in / and m and solve them.

a2 1. O is the origin and a is the position vector of a fixed point A. The variable
point X which moves in a fixed plane containing O and A has a position
vector x. Given that Ix —a)=|a,, describe the locus of X.
(b) O is the origin and A and B are points whose position vectors are a and b
respectively. Illustrate clearly, on a diagram, the points C, D and E such
]
MiOC =a +b, OD = 54+ band Oni= sb.Given that F is the
—

midpoint of OD, find the vectors EC and EF in terms of a and b. Hence,

show that FE, F and C lie on a straight line. (Cc)

Dae (a) O is the origin. The position vectors of A and B are a and b respectively
and AOB = 90°. Show clearly, on a diagram, the point C whose vector is
(a + b) and the point D whose position vector is (a — b). Hence prove that
la + b| = |a — bl.

(b)

O =i Pp

OPOR is a parallelogram, L is the midpoint of PQ and N is the midpoint

of RO. The line OL produced meets RQ produced at M and the line ON
produced meets PQ produced at S. Given that OP = p and OR =r, find

the vectors OM and Os in terms of p and r. Hence show that MS is

parallel to PR. (C)

135
5.8 GRAPHS

Worked Example 1
A is the point (—2, 3), B is the point (4, 0) and O is the point (0, 0).
(a) Find the gradient of the line AB.
(b) Find the equation of the line AB.
(c) Write down the coordinates of C, the point of intersection of the line AB and
the y-axis.
(d) Calculate the area of AOBC.
(e) D is the point on AB such that C is the midpoint of AD. Calculate the
coordinates of D.

Solution:

(a) Gradient of AB = char i

4+2

Prag
2 A(-2, 3)

(b) Let equation of AB be .

=—-—x+6¢.
: 2
Since B(4, 0) is on AB,

O B(4,0)
Fe Eo ey Se ity. So ae eee Y

il
0 =-——(4)
ee + G

2 =?

So equation of AB is

]
y =——X, x + 2.

(c) The point C is (0, 2).

(d) AOBC = 5(4)(2) squebunits

= 4 sq. units

(€) Let be V7):

Then a= se ie
2
KS 2
oe 3 + Y,
2
y, =1

NS (es

136
 Graphs

Worked Example 2
The curve y = (x + 2)(x — 1) cuts the we

x-axis at A and B, and the y-axis at C. {

(a) Write down the coordinates of the
points A, B and C. y= (x+2)(x-1)
(b) If D is the midpoint of AO, write
down the coordinates of D.
(c) If the curve passes through a > X

fourth point E(h — 2, h), calculate

the value of h.
(d) Calculate the distance between D
and E.

Solution:
(4) A= C2hO) eB Cl. Os Gi (0-2)

(b) D= [= o 0)

= Gal 0)

(c) Since E(h — 2, h) is on the curve y = (x + 2)(x - 1)

h = h(h — 3)
h(h — 4) =0
hae Or = 0. (rejected)
So E.= (2,4).

Note: If h=0, E is the same as A.

(d) Distance DE = (2 + 1)? + (4 — 0) units

= 5 units

Exercise 5.8A ay answers on p. 248

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. A triangle has vertices A(1, 2), B(7, 0) and C(9, —4). Calculate
(a) the gradient of AB,
(b) the coordinates of the midpoint of BC,
(c) the distance between the points A and C.

137
5.8

(a) Find the equation of the line / shown on the grid above.

(b) On the same grid, draw the graph of the line y = = eae &

(c) Write down the coordinates of the point at which the two graphs meet.
(C)

3. A straight line crosses the x-axis at the

point A(—8, 0) and the y-axis, at the
(0, 6)
point B(O, 6).
(a) Find the gradient of the line AB.
(b) Find the equation of the line AB.
(c) Calculate the area of AAOB.
(d) Calculate the perpendicular
distance from the origin, O, to the aa

line AB. (C)

4. A straight line crosses the x-axis at the M

point A(6, 0) and the y-axis at the point B
B(O, 8). (0, 8)
(a) Find the gradient of the line AB.
(b) Find the equation of the line AB.
(c) Calculate the length of the line
segment AB.
(d) Another line, which is parallel to
the x-axis and which passes A
through the point (0, 10), meets O (6, OWA te
AB produced at P. Calculate the
coordinates of the point P. (C)

138
 Graphs

In the diagram, B is the point (0, 16)

and C is the point (0, 6). The sloping
line through B and the horizontal line
through C meet at the point A.
(a) Write down the equation of the
line AC.
(b) Given that the gradient of the line
AB is 2, find the equation of the
line AB.
(c) Calculate the coordinates of the
pointA.
(d) Calculate the area of the triangle
ABC. ce)

A is the point (3, 4) and B is the point (5, —1).

(a) Calculate the length of AB.
(b) Calculate the coordinates of a point C such that B is the midpoint of AC.
(c) Find the equation of the line AB.

A straight line, of gradient 2, passes through the point (0, 5). Write down the
equation of the line. A second line, drawn parallel to the first line, passes
through the point (2, —2). Find the equation of the second line.

P is the point (2, 4), Q is the point (6, 7) and O is the point (0, 0).
(a) Find the gradient of the line PQ.
(b) Find the equation of the line OP.
(c) Find the equation of the line through Q with gradient —2.
(d) The point S is such that the line y = x is the line of symmetry of AOPS.
Find the coordinates of S.

In the diagram, B is the point (0, 3), Cis 7

the point (0, 6) and the equation of the
line OA is y = x. Find C(0, 6) A
(a) the coordinates of the point A,
(b) the gradient of the line AB,
(c) the equation of the line AB.
BO a) a

> X

10. (a) A line passes through the point (0, 5) and has gradient —2. Find the
equation of the line.
(b) Another line has equation y = 3x + 7 and passes through the point
(h, h + 15). Calculate the value of h. (C)

139
5.8

y
ik The diagram shows the graph 4
of the relation 2y = x + 5.
(a) State the coordinates of
the point A.
(b) The point P on the line is
equidistant from the two
axes.State its coordinates.
(c) Calculate the length of AP. A O 3+
}-----------}4y

12. The number of hours (y) needed to complete a job varies inversely as the
number of workers employed (x). Sketch a graph of y against x to illustrate this
statement. Given that the graph passes through the point (5, 3), state the
coordinates of any other point through which the graph passes.

13. The curve-y.= (4+ 2G = x)

cuts the x-axis at A and B, and
the y-axis at C.
(a) Write down the y=(1+xG3-x)
coordinates of the points
A, B and C.
(b) Find the equation of the
line of symmetry of the
curve.
(c) Samy calculates the
maximum value of y to
be 4. Explain how he
obtains his answer.

14. The graph of y= x — 5x + Sis

drawn for values of x between
0 and 5. On each axis, | cm
represents 1 unit.
SHAS Spr aS
(a) Use the graph to estimate,
correct to one decimal
place, the solutions of the
equation x* — 5x+5=0.
(b) By drawing the tangent at
the point (1, 1), estimate
the gradient of the curve
at this point. (C)

140
 Graphs

1S, (a) Draw the graph of y = 2 LOGO ee 4.

Xx
(b) Given that the point (47, r) lies on the curve, find the value of t.

16. (a) Draw the graph of y = x° for values of x from 0 to 4.

(b) Illustrate graphically the error made if the value of y whet
= 371s
assumed to be the average of the values of y when x = 2 and x =
4.
(c) If the point (4 -1, h + 1) lies on the curve y =x, calculate the
possible
values of h.

dy.

Speed
in
(v)
m/s

0 1 Dy 3 4 5
Time (f) in seconds

The diagram is the speed-time graph of a ball rolling on an uneven slope.

The initial speed of the ball was 10 m/s and after 5 seconds it was moving at
20 m/s.
(a) Find the speed of the ball when it has been moving for 3.8 seconds.
(b) Copy the diagram. By drawing a tangent to the curve, find the acceleration,
in m/s’, of the ball when ft = 3.4.
(c) Write down the minimum speed of the ball.

141
5.8

18. A container is being filled with water flowing at a constant rate from a tap.
At time ¢ seconds after the tap is turned on, the height of the water in the
container is / centimetres. Initially, the container is empty.
(a) If the container is a bucket, sketch the graph of h against ¢.

——_——_»

ee

After t seconds

(b) If the container is a bottle, sketch the graph of h against ¢.

ma

19. it
S
124 2 :
Part of the graph of y = — is shown in the diagram.
_
(a) Copy the diagram and add two lines of symmetry to it.
(b) Given that the point (2, h) lies on the curve, find the value of h.
(c) Given that the point (3p, p) lies on the curve, find the two possible values
of p.

142
 Graphs

Worked Example 3
A car starts from rest at A and takes 14 seconds to increase its speed steadily to
40 m/s. It moves with this speed for 20 seconds and then slows down ata steady rate
until it stops at B. The distance AB covered by the car is 1 480 m.
(a) Draw a sketch in which speed is plotted against time.
(b) Find the length of time it takes to cover the distance AB.
(c) Find the distance travelled in the first 20 seconds.
(d) Calculate the speed of the car after 40 seconds.

Solution:
(a) 4

a
&
RS
3
[oF
N

OM 179?

Time in seconds

(b) At constant speed, i.e. 40 m/s, the car travelled for 20 s. Let the time taken to
cover the distance AB be x seconds. Total distance covered is represented by
the area of the trapezium.

We have 1 480 = = 20 Ay)

Then 74°= 20 + x
x = 4.

.. the time taken is 54 s.

: 4
(c) Distance travelled in the first 20 seconds = = + 20) m

=520.m

(d) Let the speed of the car after 40 seconds be y m/s.

The car takes (54 — 14 — 20) s, i.e. 20 s to reduce its speed from 40 m/s to
O m/s.
The car takes (54 — 40) s, i.e. 14 s to reduce its speed from y m/s to 0 m/s.

S y— 0 ~40 —0
Y ia 20
Vian O

The speed of the car after 40 s is 28 m/s.

143
5.8

Worked Example 4
Two cyclists, A and B, leave two towns, X and Y, 30 kilometres apart at time 07 00.
Cyclist A travels from town X to town Y and cyclist B travels from town Y to town
X. If the speed of A is m km/h where 8 S m S 12 and the speed of B is n km/h where
: ;
10 <n S15, use a horizontal scale of 2 cm to represent 5 h and a vertical scale of
2 cm to represent 10 km and draw the distance-time graphs for A and B on the same
diagram.

Use your graph to estimate

(a) the interval of time between which the cyclists can possibly meet,
(b) the two distances from X of the limiting points between which the.cyclists can
possibly meet.

Solution:

30

= 25+

E20 Va

EEoee gu ceeeq nesesam HSS

gee Pe
graph of cyclist B
aie nae x
07 00 07 30 08 00 08 30 09 00 09 30 10 00
Time

(a) The interval of time between which the cyclists can possibly meet is from
08 06 to 08 39.

(b) The two distances from X of the limiting points between which they can meet
are 10.5 km and 16.3 km.

Worked Example 5 :
(a) Draw the graph of y = x° + 2x — 1 from x = -3 to x = 2.
(b) From your graph, find the solution of the following equations.
Gi) 2B Bi
Gi) steed eee for31 8
(c) By drawing a suitable tangent to your curve, find the coordinates of the point
at which the gradient of the tangent is equal to —1.

144
 Graphs

Solution:

(a)

ue hs
ie
a
pe
ag
(OD
seggBea
=== — : >X

(Dye aya tt 2x 3= 0
The equation can be written as x° + 2x -— 1 =2.
Solution of the equation is obtained from the intersection of the graphs of
Ve ee and y=
Thusx = —3 orl.

(ieee
oy 1 = sl
Solution of the equation is obtained from the intersection of the graphs of
yeu 2x — land
y= =x +1.
iiss 0.6:

(c) The tangent with gradient equal to —1 touches the curve at (—1.5, —1.8).

145
5.8

Worked Example 6
(a) A metal cube whose edge is x cm has a metal pyramid with a square base of
side also equal to x cm standing on one of the faces of the cube. The distance
from the vertex of the pyramid to its base is 6 cm. Show that the volume of the
resulting solid is x°(x + 2) cm’.

Given y = x(x + 2) and that corresponding values of x and y are shown in the
above table, calculate the value of p and of q.

(c) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit on the x-axis and a scale of 2 cm to

represent 20 units on the y-axis, draw the graph of y = x(x + 2) for values of
x in the range 0 = x = 5.

(d) This solid is then melted down and made into a solid rectangular block. The
dimensions of the block are 3 cm, 4 cm and (12 — x) cm. Use a graphical
method to find the value of x.

Solution:
(a) Volume of cube = x° cm*

Volume of pyramid = 5(60°) cm’

= 2x? cm

So volume of the solid = (x* + 2x°) cm?

= x(x + 2) cm?

(b) p= 3 (Gan 2p)

= 45

R= Dee)
sl]

146
 Graphs

(c), (d)

160 7

120-7

100+

807

40+

20+

i. t t + + > X
0 1 2 3 4 »)

Volume of rectangular block = 12(12 — x) cm’.

Let y = 12(12 — x). Also y = x°(x + 2). From the graph, we find that x is equal to 4.

147
5.8

Exercise 5.8B } “ answers on p. 249

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

Speed
in
second
metres
per

Time in seconds

Using the speed-time graph shown above, calculate

(a) the total distance travelled in the 10 seconds,
(b) the average speed in this interval of time. (C)

The diagram is the speed-time Lash)

graph of a car which is uniformly
retarded from u m/s to 20 m/s in
10 seconds. The car is then
uniformly retarded at a different
rate until it finally comes to rest
Speed
m/s
in
after a further 40 seconds.
Calculate
(a) the speed of the car after
20 seconds,
(b) the retardation during the Time in seconds

final 40 seconds of its motion,

(c) the value of u, if the distance travelled in the first 10 seconds is
275 metres. (C)

The diagram shows the speed-time

graph of a car which travels
385 metres in T seconds. The graph
consists of a straight line inclined
at 36° to the time-axis and the arc
of a circle centre, the origin. Taking in
Speed
m/s

7 to be =. calculate T. SO.
—

Time in seconds fi:

148
 Graphs

4.

7)

0 40 100 160
Time in seconds
The diagram is the speed-time graph for a tube train journey. Find
(a) how far the train travels in the first 60 seconds,
(b) the total distance travelled,
{e) the deceleration during the last 60 seconds.

5,

ee

in
Speed
avs

Time in seconds
The diagram is the speed-time graph of an object which travels at a constant
speed of 50 m/s for 4 seconds and then slows down uniformly, coming to rest
sites travelling 275 metres. Calculate
(a) the length of time the object takes to cover this distance,
_ (b) the retardation of the object during the last few seconds,
(c) the speed of the object after 6 seconds.

6.

iy
Speoad
avs

rf) n” 70
Time in seconds

The diagram shows the speed-time graph of a car.

(a) Calculate the acceleration of the car during the first 20 seconds.
th) Calculate the distance the car travels from rest before it begins to
decelerate.
(ce) Given that the car decelerates at 0.5 m/s’, calculate the total time, in
seconds, taken for the journcy.
(d) Convert the speed of 15 m/s into kilometres per hour. (C)

149
5.8

Ut A particle moves along a straight line AB so that, after ¢ seconds, the velocity
v m/s in the direction AB is given by v = 2r° — 9f + 5. Corresponding values
of t and v are given in the table below:

t 0 1 | by | aa 4 3, 6 7 |

v 5) |—5 |~ |1 10 23 |

Calculate the value of v when t= | and the value of v when f = 7. Taking 2 cm

to represent | second on the horizontal axis and 2 cm to represent 5 m/s on the
vertical axis, draw the graph of v = 2r° — 9 +5 for the range 0 < t < 7. Use
your graph to estimate
(a) the values of t when the velocity is zero,
(b) the time at which the acceleration is zero,
(c) the acceleration after 6 seconds. (C)

(a) Given that y = x — 3x, copy and complete the table below.

—0.5 0 es) 1 j | a 3 | 4
4

a os | 0 (se —2.25 |12s 0. 4

(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw the graph of
y =x — 3x for values of x from —1 to 4 inclusive. Use your graph to solve
the equation x° — 3x = 1.

The diagram shows a triangular prism of

height 15 cm. AB = x cm, BC = 15 cm and
ED = cm.
(a) Find the total surface area, § cm’, of
the prism in terms of x and d.
(b) If S = 360, express d in terms of x.
(c) Hence, form an equation in x and show
that it reduces to x° — 12x — 48 = 0,
(d) Solve the equation x* — 12x — 48 = 0,
giving your answer correct to
2 decimal places.
(e) Hence, find the volume of the prism. pe

150
 Graphs

10. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

Two towns P and Q are 120 kilometres apart. At time 09 00, a car X leaves P
and travels to Q at a steady speed of u km/h where 25 < u < 50. At the same
time at 09 00, a car Y leaves Q and travels to P at a steady speed of v km/h
where 30 < v < 60. Using a horizontal scale of 2 cm to 30 minutes and a
vertical scale of 2 cm to 20 km, draw two distance-time graphs for each case,
the least and greatest possible speeds. Deduce from your graphs,
(a) the times between which the two cars must meet,
(b) the distance from P of the two points between which they must meet.
(C)

11. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The following is an incomplete table of values for the graph of y = x + Ea

Xx

(a) Calculate, correct to 1 decimal place, the missing value of y.

(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis for 0 < x < 8 and

0 < y < 10, draw the graph of y=x+ z for lis a= 8.

Xx

(c) Use your graph to find the two values of x which satisfy the equation
9
x¥+—=8.
x

(d) Draw the tangent to the curve at the point (5, 6.8) and hence estimate the
gradient of the curve at this point. (C)

12. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = 2x° — 5x — 3 and some
corresponding values are given in the following table.

m2!) 1/0. | 2 3 4 5
ie |
Ba As Ie hs oat ee NT 9 |2
Calculate the values of a and b. Taking 2 cm to represent | unit on the x-axis
and 2 cm to represent 5 units on the y-axis, draw the graph of y = De Nis 8
for the range -2 <x S5.
(a) From your graph, find
(i) the least value of y and
(ii) the values of x when y =5.
(b) Find, by drawing a tangent, the gradient of the graph at the point where
52 ee
(c) By drawing a suitable line on the same axes, use your graph to find the
solutions of the equation 2x° — 5x — 3 = 3x + 4. (C)
rs

13. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

; 6
The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = x + —. Some
Xx

corresponding values of x and y are given in the following table.

x | ites) Z hh 3 4 3) 6 8

y fi ato 5) 4.9 5 |tshe) 6.2 i P

(a) Calculate the value of p.

(b) Taking 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw the graph of

y= x 2 for values of x in the range | <x S 8.

Xx
(c) Find, from your graph, the values of x for which y = 6.

(d) On the same graph draw the line y = 7 — a and use your graph to solve
6 :
the equation x + — =7- a
xX
(e) By drawing a suitable tangent to your curve, find the coordinates of the

point at which the gradient of the tangent is equal to ->. (C)

14. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

Given that y = —x° + 3x* — 1, copy and complete the following table.

: l F ;
Using a scale of 2 cm to 7 unit on each axis, draw the graph of

y=-x° + 3x° — 1 for values of x from —1 to 3. Describe clearly any symmetrical

property which the curve possesses. If the gradient of the curve at the point P
: ; ] :
is the same as the gradient when x = me state the coordinates of P. Given that

A OSS eS aid Bee at Sr 2 ue your graph to find the

range of values of x for which -1 < x S 2 and -x° + 3x° = 2. aS)

15. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

> ;
(a) Given that y= —,
. copy and complete the following table, in which values
of y are correct to 2 decimal places.

ae 0.5 ) Oat r oL ett) i eec, Sl es 3 4 a 6 8

y 10°] 7.14 1.67 0.63

152
 Graphs

(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw the graph of

med Oru.
ote

(c) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve y = a at the point
Xx
wheres: = 2.
(d) On the same axes, draw the graph of 2x + y = 9.
(e) Write down the equation which is satisfied by the x-coordinates of the
points of intersection of the two graphs. Express your answer in the form
ax’ + bx + c = 0, where a, b and c are integral constants.

16. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

(a) Copy and complete the given table of values for the function y = 3’.

(Where appropriate, y values are given correct to one place of decimals.)

Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit on the x-axis, and 2 cm to
represent 10 units on the y-axis, draw the graph of y = 3° for values of
x from —1 to 4 inclusive.
What happens to y when x is both negative and very large?
Use your graph to find the value of
G) any waen 7 =. 1.2. (ii) x when y = 20.
(e) By drawing a suitable tangent, estimate the gradient of the graph when
t= 2 (C)

17. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

: l 3
The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = io — x). Some

corresponding values are given in the following table.

. —2 —l 0 ie 25 |3 |4 |4s 5 |

y | 2.2 | -1.4 0 1.4 |ee ee |1.8 |

—0.4 |
24] p |

(a) Calculate the value of p.

(b) Taking 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw the graph of

y= —x(15 — x’) for values ofx in the range -2 < x <5.

(c) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the graph at the point where
R=)
(d) Using your graph, estimate
(i) the area, in square units, between the graph, the x-axis and the lines
c= dvandw= 3,
(ii) two solutions of the equation x(15 — x") = —10. (C)

153
5.8

18. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

, Lt 10
The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = - [3 + ~).

Some corresponding values of x and y, corrected to 1 decimal place where

necessary, are given in the table.

(a) Calculate the value of p, giving your answer correct to | decimal place.
(b) Taking 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw x and y axes for

0 <x <6and0 <y S8. Draw the graph of y= 2[x + ~] for values
cy ]

Xx

of x in the range 0.3 < x S 6.

: ' Les 10 :
(c) Use your graph to find the solutions of the equation Z [x + =) Dil
Xx

the range 0.3 Sx <6.

: ; Le ]
(d) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve y = = [+ + ~) at

the point where x = 4.

(e) (i) On the same axes, draw the graph of the straight line 2y = x + 7.
(ii) Write down the x coordinates of the points where the two graphs
meet.
(ili) Write down, but do not simplify, an equation in x which has these
values as two of its solutions. (C)

19: Using a scale of 4 cm to represent | unit on each axis for —1.5 S x < 1.5 and
~2 < y < 2, draw the graph of y= x—x’.
(a) Draw a tangent to the curve at the point where x = |. Then estimate the
gradient of the curve when x = I.
(b) Mark on the curve, points A and B at which the gradient is zero and write
down the coordinates of points A and B.
(c) Mark on the curve, the point C at which the gradient has its greatest
positive value and write down the coordinates of C.

20. Sketch a graph of y against x to illustrate each of the following statements.

(a) The time (y) taken for a journey is inversely proportional to the speed (x).
(b) The area (y) of a circle is proportional to the square of the radius (x).
(c) The cost (y) for renting a car consists of a fixed charge plus an amount
proportional to the number of kilometres travelled (x).

154
 Graphs

21. The graph illustrates the journey of a car.

os)
i)

—t
m/s
in
Speed

0 t ts esas ge t (agape
10 20 30 40 50 60
Time in seconds

(a) State the units of the quantity which is represented by the area under the
graph.
(b) If the average speed of the car is 23 m/s, calculate the distance travelled
by the car during the last 20 seconds.

22.

m/s
in
Speed

at t —+——+—+
2 3) 4s 5 6 7
+---------------------------------

Time in seconds

The diagram shows the speed-time graph of a moving object. Calculate

(a) the total distance travelled in the 10 seconds,
(b) the time the object takes to travel the first half of the total distance,
(c) the average speed for the second half of the total distance.

155
5.8

23. SA

y=x-4x-9

> X

The diagram shows the curve y = x — 4x — 9.

(a) Calculate the coordinates of A.
(b) If a line parallel to the x-axis is drawn through A to cut the curve again at
B, calculate the coordinates of B.
(c) (i) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of the curve.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the lowest point on the curve.
(d) (i) Express y = x° — 4x —9 in the form y = (x — 43)(x + 39) + k and write
down the value of k.
(ii) Write down the values of x when y = | 668.

24. The diagram below shows the graph of y = fe

a) forl =x = 4.
Xx

156
 Graphs

(a) Explain how this graph can be used to find the value of V8.
(b) Use this graph to find an approximation for V5, indicating where you
take your reading.
(c) Find the equation of the straight line graph that should be drawn on the
given graph to solve the equation x* — 3x° + 4 = 0. (You do not need to
draw the line.)

25. Tom cycles 30 km from point P to point Q. Dick drives from point P to point
Q along the same road. The diagram below shows their travel graphs. Answer
the following questions as accurately as the graphs allow.

30 Dick Tom

ine)j=) t

from
(km)
Distance
P

P +
09 00 09 30 10 00 10 30 11 00
Time

(a) Where does Dick overtake Tom?

(b) Calculate, in km/h,
(i) Tom’s cycling speed,
(ii) Dick’s driving speed.
(c) From Q along the same road, Harry walks past Dick at 09 57 and past
Tom at 10 36.
(i) Calculate, in km/h, Harry’s walking speed correct to 1 decimal
place.
(ii) Find the time at which Harry starts his journey.
(iii) Harry arrives at point R when Tom arrives at Q. Calculate the
distance between Q and R, giving your answer correct to | decimal
place.

157
5.8

26.

A
from
(km)
Distance

t = t Sowa
07 30 08 00 08 30 09 00 09 30
Time

The diagram shows the travel graph of Peter’s walk from A to B with a stop for
breakfast. B is 4 km due north of A.
(a) Calculate Peter’s walking speed
(i) before breakfast,
(ii) after breakfast.
(b) From C to A via B, Robert, travelling at a constant speed, cycled past
Peter at 08 48 and arrived at A at 09 06. Calculate
(i) Robert’s cycling speed, as a fraction in km/h,
(ii) how far Peter was from B when Robert arrived at A.
(c) Given that C is 10 km due north of B, calculate the time at which Robert
started his journey.

158
3.9 TRANSFORMATIONS

Worked Example 1
Find the equation of the line x — 2y = 3 under the transformation H which is defined
by H: (x, y) > (@, y — x).

Solution:
Taking A(3, 0) and B(5, 1) on the line x — 2y = 3, we have

H: AG, 0) > AG, 0 — 3), 1.€..A’(, =3)

HBO.) Bio =-5), ne, BAS 4)

Gradient of A’B’ = —

Equation of A’B’ is y — (-3) = =e — 3)

2y+6=-x+3
2y+x=-3

Worked Example 2
A stretch S is defined by S: (x, y) > (3x, y).
(a) Calculate the coordinates of the image of the point (2, -3) under S.
(b) Calculate the coordinates of the point which will be mapped onto (9, 1) by S.
(c) Q is the inverse transformation of S. This means that the transformation Q
maps the image of any point (p, g) under S onto the point (p, q) itself. If
(x’, y’) is the image of a general point (x, y) under Q, express x’ and y’ in terms
of x and y.

Solution:
(a) S: (2, -3) > (2), -3), i.e. (6, -3)
So the image of (2, —3) under S is (6, —3).

(b) Let (p, g) be the point of which (9, 1) is the image under S.
S:(P; @) > ep; g)
Since (3p, g) is (9, 1), we have
; a7 = 9, ve. p= sand g = 1.
So the required point is (3, 1).

; 1
© oq) 25 Gp g = (pie [5Gp). “)

1 é
Then Q: (3p, g) > [=p a)is of the form:

Q: (x, y) > os y).

1 ,
Sox = Ae ag. y=.
5.9

Alternative Solution for (c):

S: (p, q) > Gp, 9)

etx
= py =o

Then p= shay

Op.) =r; a)

Re .
One 1a y]
oe ,
So x Seo: =)

Note: Stretches parallel to the x-axis with x = 0 as the invariant line, with
: | s : :
factor 3 and that with factor a are obviously inverse transformations of

each other from the geometrical point of view.

Exercise 5.9A } “4 answers on p. 249

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

i; »

| | "
N+
> 1

The triangle ABC, in the diagram above, is mapped onto triangle A,B,C, by an
anticlockwise rotation, through 90°, centre, the origin. Copy the diagram and
on it draw this new triangle A,B,C, labelling each vertex clearly.

160
 Transformations

The triangle ABC has vertices A(3, -1), B(4, 1) and C(4, 3). Draw this triangle
on graph paper. Then draw on it the image of the triangle ABC under
(a) an anticlockwise rotation of 90° about the origin O, labelling the image X,
(b) a reflection in the line y = —x, labelling the image Y.

Find the equation of the image of ¥

the line y = x + 2 under reflection in
(a) the y-axis,
(b) the x-axis,
(c). the line y= 1. (C)

> xX

The translation T maps the point (1, 3) onto the point (3, 5). Under T, the line
y = 3x is mapped onto the line y = mx + c. Find
(a) the value of m,
(b) the value of c.

Find the coordinates of the image of (—2, 8) under

(a) the translation which maps (2, 5) onto (5, 9),
(b) aclockwise rotation of 90° about (0, 0),
(c) a rotation of 180° about (1, —-1).

T is the translation es and R is an anticlockwise rotation of 90° about the

origin. A is the point (3, —5), B is (—1, 6) and C is (—4, 6). Find the coordinates
of
(a) T(A),
(b) R(B),
(c) the point D, if RT(D) = C.
(Note: T(A) denotes the image of A under T.)

(a) Under a reflection in the line y = k, the point (7, —2) is mapped onto the
point (7, 14). Find the value of k.
(b) Under a rotation of 180° about the point (—2, h), the point (5, —1) is
mapped onto the point (k, 9). Find the values of h and k.

Find the equation of the image of the line 2x — y = 3 under the transformation
Q which is defined by
(a) Q: (x, y) > (, 2y),
(b) Q: @, y) > & + 2y, y).

161
Bro

9: A quadrilateral ABCD with vertices A(2, 3), B(2, 4), C(5, 2) and D(4, 1) is
: : 1
given the translation XY and then another translation YZ where X is i.>}

icis 22 2) xandeZy 1s (35.2},Draw the image figure and write down the

coordinates of its vertices. Describe a single translation which would give the
same result.

10. ABC and A’B’C’ are congruent triangles B

and ACC’A’ is a straight line. Describe
precisely a single transformation which
maps AABC onto AA’B’C’.

Wie
1nd

(a) Describe completely a single transformation which maps AABC onto

ADEF.
(b) Describe completely a single transformation which maps AABC onto
APOR. (C)

12. Point X(6, 5) is given a translation OP where O is (0, 0) and P is (4, 8). The
result is then rotated 60° clockwise about the origin O. Draw the final image
and write down its coordinates. What will the final image of the point be if it
is first rotated 60° clockwise and then given the translation OP?

162
 Transformations

13.

B A’

The line segment AB is mapped onto A’B’ by a rotation with centre C. Copy the
diagram and on it find and mark the position of C.

14.

Under a reflection, A’B’ is the image of AB. The diagram shows the positions
of A and B’ and also the point X in which AB meets the axis of reflection. Copy
the diagram and on it construct the position of this axis.

15.

eB’

Under a reflection, AABC is transformed into AA’B’C’. The positions of A, B’,

C’ and P are shown, P being the point at which AB produced meets the axis of
reflection. Copy the diagram and on it construct the position of C.

163
SY

16. oR

Ow
O P ECP)
et 6

QO, R, O and P are four points in a plane. Two operations T and E are defined
as follows:
T is the translation which takes Q to R. E is the enlargement, centre O, with a
scale factor of 2 (so that in the diagram E(P) denotes the image of P).
Copy this diagram and indicate the position of
(a) TE(P),
(b) T(P),
(c) ET).
State the single transformation under which ET(P) is the image of TE(P).

17. A shear H is defined by H: (x, y) > (& + 3y, y).

(a) Calculate the coordinates of the image of the point (2, —-2) under H.
(b) Calculate the coordinates of the point which will be mapped onto (9, 4)
by H.
(c) Write down the equation of the invariant line.
(d) If Q is the inverse transformation of H such that Q: (x, y) > (x, y’),
express x’ and y’ in terms of x and y.

18.

A B

Triangle ABP is mapped onto triangle ABQ by a shear. The lines BP and AQ
intersect at C. Given that BC : CP = | : 3, and that the area of triangle ACB is
2 cm’, find the area of
(a) AACP,
(b) ACPQ,
(c) ABOQP. (C)

19. Draw a rectangle ABCD such that AB = 1.5 cm and AD = 2 cm. Keeping AB
fixed, the rectangle is sheared in such a way that D is moved | cm to the right
along DC. The resulting parallelogram is then enlarged into AB’C’D’ using A
as centre and scale factor 2. Construct accurately the positions of B’, C’ and D’,
and state the area of AB’C’D’.

164
 Transformations

20. The line BE divides the rectangle ACDF ie E

into two equal squares.
(a) R is an anticlockwise rotation in
the plane of the paper. Under R,
AABF is mapped onto ACDB.
State
(i) the centre of rotation, B %
(ii) the angle of rotation.
(b) M is a reflection in a certain line. Under M, AABF is mapped onto
ACBD. Name the line. (C)

21. N is the foot of the perpendicular A

from A to the side BC of triangle ABC.
BAC = 90" AN = 1 covand BN =2 cm: lcm

(a) Calculate ABN.

(b) AANC can be mapped onto ABNA B 2em N c
by a transformation V followed by
a transformation W. Describe V
and W completely. (C)

22a ADCD and DOORwate. identical * jp Q

rhombuses in the same plane. Angle
ADP = 60°. Taking the order of the
letters into account, give a precise
description of a transformation in the
plane
(a) which maps ABCD onto PQCD, A —r
(b) which maps ABCD onto CQPD.
(C)

ZS; C

In the figure, BAC = 90° and the perpendicular distance from D to BA is equal
to AC. State clearly two geometrical transformations which, if combined, will
map the triangle ABD onto the triangle ABC. (C)

165
SS,

24. ABCDEF is a regular hexagon with centre O. B

P, QO, R, S, T and U are the midpoints of OA,
OB, OC, OD, OE and OF respectively.
A c
(a) Write down the number of lines of
symmetry of the given figure. R
(b) Write down the scale factor of the
enlargement which will map : f
(i) AOPQ onto AOAB,
(ii) AOAF onto AOSR. FF
(c) Given that the area of AOPQ is 3 cm’,
find the area of the hexagon ABCDEF.
Ie

2S: A si : ‘

B E

The triangle ABC has equilateral triangles XAB and YAC drawn on its sides AB
and AC as shown in the diagram. A rotation, centre A, through 60° anticlockwise,
is applied to triangle AXC.
(a) Name the image, under this rotation, of
(i) the point X, (ii) the point A.
(b) Using the letters given in the diagram, name a triangle which is congruent
to triangle AXC.

26. (a) The point R(—3, 5) is rotated through 180° about the origin onto the point
R,. Write down the coordinates of R,.
(b) (i) Ona sheet of graph paper, draw the line y = 2x — 4.
(ii) The line y = 2x — 4 is mapped onto the line / by a reflection in the
x-axis. Find the equation of line /.

27. On the diagram, P is the point (3, 4) and O is y

the origin.
(a) The point P, lies on OP produced. Given _
that OP aa 20P. express OP as a
column vector.
(b) P, is the reflection of P in the y-axis.
Express OP, as a column vector.
(c) OP is rotated in a clockwise direction O
about O so that P is mapped onto P,,
where P, is a point on the positive x-axis. Express OP. as a column
vector.

166
 Transformations

28.
XS!

ene = ees i. + +$—>X

1 4 5 6 7

(a) Describe fully the single transformation which will map AABC onto
DA, B,C..
(b) AABC is mapped onto AA,B,C, by a shear H.
(i) Write down the equation of the invariant line.
(ii) The shear H is defined by H: (x, y) > (x + ky, y). Calculate the value
of k.

(iii) A point P is mapped onto the point G 2) by the shear. Find the

coordinates of P.

29. (a) Describe “fully the

transformation which maps
triangle R onto triangle S.
(b) Copy the diagram. On your
diagram,
(i) enlarge triangle R
with centre, the origin
and scale factor 2,
(ii) translate triangle R so
that the point (1, 1)
maps onto the point
(0,5),
(iii) rotate triangle S$
through 180° about
the midpoint of its
shortest side.
(c) The rotated triangle in part (b)(iii) and triangle S together form a special
type of quadrilateral. What is its name?

167
De)

30. The diagram shows the triangle y

A and the point P.
Copy the diagram. Draw and 5
label, on your diagram, 4
(a) triangle B, the image of 3
triangle A under the ee
met le JZrAl
translation [=} Bie EOE esa
ah of 3 27 1,0 De Be 4 U5
(b) triangle C, the image of aie
triangle A under a rotation =2T
of 180° with centre P, =
(c) triangle D, the image of _4+
triangle A “under “the aoe
transformation defined by
Q: (x, y) > (, -x + 2y).

31. A certain transformation is defined by P: (x, y) > (y, -x).

(a) Describe fully the transformation.
(b) Find
an 2.
Gar:
(iii) P’°.

Worked Example 3
Transformations P and Q are defined by P: (x, y) > (x, —y) and Q: (x, y) > (4, x).
(a) Describe the transformations P and Q.
(b) IfRisa single transformation equivalent to the combination of transformations
QP (P first then Q), find the image of a general point (x, y), in terms of x and
y, under R.
(c) Describe any invariant points of the transformation R.

Solution:
(a) The transformation P is a reflection in the x-axis.
The transformation Q is a rotation through 90° anticlockwise about (0, 0).

168
 Transformations

(b) Gy) —> @ -») 25 (6), »), ie. (9.

Transformation R is equivalent to the combination of tr sasrorMatiGis OP:
Hence R: (x, y) > (y, x).
Therefore the transformation R is a reflection in the line y=x.

(c) All the points on the line y = x are invariant points under R.

Worked Example 4
ABCD and DEFG are squares. Line segments AE, G ie
BD and BG are drawn as shown in the diagram.
Show by transformations that AADE and ABDG
have equal areas. D E C

A B

Solution:
Given: ABCD and DEFG are squares.

To prove: /\ADE and ABDG have equal areas.

Proof: Let H be the shear that maps B onto C with GD as the invariant line.
H: ABDG — ACDG implies ABDG and ACDG are equal in area.

Let R be the rotation about D through 90°, clockwise.

R: ACDG — AADE implies ACDG and AADE are equal in area.

-, AADE and ABDG have equal areas.

169
5g

Exercise 5.9B §“ answers on p. 250

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

Le

—— } ———— f x
a8 6 4 » oO 5) 4 6 8

=2

aif

ayaa

oul

The diagram shows two flags ABCDE and A,B,C,D,E,.

(a) Write down the column vector of the translation which maps ABCDE
onto A,B CoDiE..
(b) ABCDE is mapped onto A,B,C,D,E, by a reflection in the y-axis.
(i) Find the coordinates of A,.
(ii) Find the image of a general point (x, y), in terms of x and y, under
this transformation.
(c) ABCDE is mapped onto A,B,C,D,E, by an anticlockwise rotation of 90°
about the origin. Find the coordinates of B,.

Describe fully this single transformation.

2. ABCD is a rectangle. AX = DC and

DY is parallel to XB. The line CP is
perpendicular to DY and the line AN Y
is perpendicular to XB.
(a) Describe precisely the single
transformation under which C
AANB is the image of AANX.
(b) Describe precisely the single transformation under which ACPD is the
image of AANB.
(c) By considering another transformation of AANX, show that the image of
C under reflection DP lies on AB. (C)

170
 Transformations

Ew
ake | i
0 oan

The diagram shows triangles A, B, C, D and E.

(a) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by a translation. Write down the
column vector of the translation.
(b) (i) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a reflection in the line /.
Write down the equation of the line /.
(ii) Triangle B is mapped onto triangle C by a reflection in the line m.
Find the equation of the line m.
(c) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle D by an enlargement.
(i) Write down the coordinates of the centre of the enlargement.
(ii) Write down the scale factor of the enlargement.
area of triangle A
(iii) Find the value of the ratio expressing your answer
. area of triangle D
in its lowest terms.
(d) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle E by a single transformation. Describe
fully this single transformation. (C)

P is the transformation defined by P: (x, y) > (—x, —y) and Q is the transformation
defined by Q: (x, y) > (-y, x).
(a) Describe the transformations P and Q.
(b) R is a single transformation equivalent to the combination of
transformations QP. Find the image of a general point (x, y), in terms of
x and y, under R.
(c) Describe any points or lines which are invariant in each of the
transformations QP and PQ.

171
2

5.

y
A

B,
204 .

15 + ;

B
10 +3

5 ele

A
O Hee Net + + 5
SSa
5 10 15 20 25.

A triangle has vertices A(2, 1), B(4, 2) and C(5, 0).

(a) An enlargement, centre the origin, maps AABC onto AA,B,C,, where B,
is (20, 10). Find
(i) the scale factor of the enlargement,
(ii) the coordinates of the image of a general point (x, y), in terms of
x and y under this enlargement,
(iii) the coordinates of C,.
(b) A rotation about the origin maps AA,B,C, onto AA,B,C,, where B, is
(10, 20). Find the coordinates of A,,.
(c) A transformation X is defined by X: (x, y) > (px —qy, gx + py), and maps
AABC onto AA,B,C..
(i) Using the fact that under the transformation X the point B(4, 2) maps
onto B,(10, 20), form two equations involving p and g.
(ii) Solve these equations to find p and q.
(ili) Use X: (x, y) > (px — gy, gx + py) with your values of p and g, to
verify that A maps onto A,.
(iv) Find the coordinates of C,.

172
 Transformations

6. The rhombuses ABCD, A,B,C,D, and A,B,C,D, and the line / are shown in the
diagram.

CaP ON ore) S

(a) A,B,C,D, is the image of ABCD under a single translation. Write down
the column vector of this translation.
(b) A,B,C,D, is the image of ABCD under an anticlockwise rotation. Write
down
(i) the angle of this rotation,
(ii) the coordinates of the centre of this rotation.
(c) The rhombus A,B,C,D, (not shown in the diagram) is the image of ABCD
under a reflection in the line /. Write down
(i) the equation of the line /,
(ii) the coordinates of the image of a general point (x, y), in terms of x
and y, under this reflection,
(iii) the coordinates of the point C,.
(d) The quadrilateral A,B,C,D, (not shown in the diagram) is the image of
ABCD under a shear with invariant line y = 0. Given that A, is the point
(4, 1), write down the coordinates of the point D,.

7. In the diagram, GH/JK and GQRK are P Q

parallelograms and GHP, GXQ, GJR
and POR are straight lines. The ratio
1BDK© AIH Deol:
(a) Give a brief reason why QR=GK. yy Eas)
(b) Triangle GX/J can be mapped onto
triangle GQR by an enlargement
centre G. Write down the scale factor K
of the enlargement.

173
OH)

(c) Without adding any extra lines to the diagram, name another pair of
triangles which map onto one another by an enlargement.
(d) Find the numerical value of the ratio PQ : GK.
area of AGXJ
(e) Find the numerical value of (C)
area of AGOR

8. (a) The coordinates of the points O, =

B and C in the parallelogram
OABC are (0, 0), (9, 7) and (6, 2) BQ, 7)
respectively. Calculate
(i) the coordinates of A,
(ii) the areas of the right-angled
triangles OCN, OBM and
CBE,
(ili) the area of the parallelogram
OABC. OVO, 0)
(b) Given a parallelogram PQRS,
describe completely a single transformation which will map triangle RSP
onto triangle POR. (C)

9.
y

By

sian { > x

The diagram above shows the square OABC, of area 1 square unit, and the
parallelogram OAB,C,.
(a) Describe fully the single transformation which maps OABC onto OAB,C,.
(b) Given that P: (x, y) > (x + ky, y) represents this transformation, find the
value of k.
(c) (i) Find the area of OAB,C,.
(ii) State what effect the transformation represented by P has on the area
of any shape.

174
 Transformations

(d) A transformation Q is defined by Q: (x, y) 3 (—y, x). Describe fully this

transformation. .
(e) Using your value of k from part (b), find the image of a general point
(x, y), in terms of x and y, under a single transformation equivalent to PQ.
(f) (i) The inverse of Q maps a general point (x, y) onto (x’, y’). Express
x’ and y’ in terms of x and y.
(ii) Describe in words the transformation represented by the inverse
of Q.

10. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

Using a scale of 2 cm to | unit on each axis, draw x and y axes for
-4sxss5and3<y<9.
(a) The vertices of AABC are A(1, 1), B(2, 2) and C(O, 3). Draw and label
AABC. The vertices of AA,B,C, are A,(—2, 2), B,(—3, 3) and C,(—4, 1).
Draw and label AA,B,C,. Describe fully the single transformation which
maps AABC onto AA,B,C,.
(b) ABC can also be mapped onto AA, B,C, by a rotation of 90° anticlockwise
about the origin followed by a translation. Write down the column vector
which represents this translation.
(c) AABC is mapped onto AA,B,C, by a shear H defined by
H: (x, y) > (x, y + kx). State the equation of the invariant line under this
shear. Given that A, is the point (1, 4), find the value of k and the
coordinates of B,.

11. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

A triangle T has vertices (3, —1), (5, —1) and (5, —4).
(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw x and y axes
for —8 < x S 8 and —-8 S y S 8. Draw and label the triangle T.
(b) The triangle T is mapped onto triangle 7,, by means of an anticlockwise
rotation through 90° about (0, 0). Draw 7, on your diagram, labelling it
clearly.
(c) M is the transformation defined by M: (x, y) > (x, —-y). The original
triangle T is mapped onto triangle 7, by means of the transformation M.
Draw 7, on your diagram, labelling it clearly.
(d) The triangle T, has vertices (—3, —1), (—7, -1) and (-7, 5). Draw 7, on your
diagram, labelling it clearly. Describe fully the single transformation
which maps triangle T onto triangle 73.

12. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

Triangle A has vertices (10, 10), (10, 15) and (20, 15). Triangle B has vertices
(0, 15), (O, 25) and (20, 25).
(a) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 units on each axis, draw axes for
values ofx and y in the ranges -10 < x = 60 and -30 < y S 30. Draw
and label triangles A and B.
(b) (i) Find the coordinates of the centre of the enlargement which maps
triangle A onto triangle B.
area of AA
ii
(ii) ite d down the value of —————_.
Write eras

175
5:9

(c) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by an enlargement, centre (20, 10),

scale factor —3. Draw and label triangle C.
(d) Find the scale factor of the enlargement which maps triangle B onto
triangle C.
Triangle D has vertices (30, 10), (30, 15) and (60, 15).
(i) Draw and label triangle D.
(ii)Describe fully the transformation which maps triangle A onto
triangle D.
(f) The transformation which maps a general point (x, y) onto (x, y — 2x)
maps triangle A onto triangle E.
(i) Draw and label triangle E.
(ii) Name this type of transformation.

13. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The vertices of the parallelogram OPQR are O(0, 0), P(2, 0), Q(3, 1) and
RAST).
(a) (i) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw x and
y axes for -4 < x < 4 and —4 = y S 4. Draw and label the
parallelogram OPQR.
(ii) A rotation through 90° anticlockwise about O maps OPQR onto
OP,Q,R,-Draw OP,O,K;.
(iii) A reflection in the x-axis maps OP,Q,R, onto OP,Q,R,. Draw
OP{0,F;.
(iv) Write down the single transformation which would map OP,Q,R,
back onto the original parallelogram OPQR.
(b) A shear, with the x-axis invariant and with (3, 1) mapped onto (2, 1),
maps the parallelogram OPQR onto OP,Q,R,.
(i) What special name is given to the shape OP,Q,R,?
(ii) What can you say about the areas of the two shapes?
(iii) If this transformation maps (x, y) onto (x’, y’), express x’ and y’ in
terms of x and y.

14. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The vertices of the AABC are A(1, 1), B(3, 1) and C(1, 2).
(a) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw x and y axes
for —3 S x S 6 and -3 S y <7. Draw and label AABC.
(b) The transformation X maps AABC onto AA,B,C,, where A, is (2, 4),
B, is (-2, 6) and C, is (—3, 4). Draw and label AA,B,C,. Describe fully the
transformation X.
(c) The transformation Y, defined by Y: (x, y) > (x, —y), maps AABC onto
ESASDG..
(i) Find the coordinates of A,, B, and C,. Draw and label AA,B,C,.
(ii) Describe fully the transformation ae | SO
(d) The transformation Z maps AABC onto AA,B,C,, where A, is (1, 3),
Beis3, 7) and C, 18 (1.4).
(i) Describe fully the transformation Z.
(ii) If Z: (x, y) > (@’, y’), express x’ and y’ in terms of x and y.

176
 Transformations

15. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw x and y axes
for —8 < x < 10 and -4 < y € 18. Draw and label the triangle whose
vertices are A(1, 4), B(2, 4) and C(2, 1).
(b) The enlargement E has the origin as centre and maps AABC onto
AA,B,C,. Given that A, is the point (4, 16),
(i) draw and label the triangle A,B,C,
(ii) write down the scale factor of E.
(c) The point B,(—4, —2) is the image of B under a reflection in the line 1.
Draw and label the line / and find its equation.
(d) The transformation R, a clockwise rotation of 90° about the origin, maps
AABC onto AA,B,C,. Draw and label AA,B,C, and find the image of a
general point (x, y) in terms of x and y, under the transformation R.
(e) The transformation X is defined by X: (x, y) — (3x, y) and it maps
AABC onto AA,B,C,. Find the coordinates of A,, B, and C, and draw and
label this triangle. Describe fully the transformation X.

16. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

Take 1 cm to represent 1 unit on each axis, and mark each axis from —7
ton:
(a) Draw and label triangle A, with vertices (1, 2), (1, 3) and (4, 2).
(b) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by the transformation R defined by
R: (x, y) > (y, —*x). Draw and label triangle B on your diagram.
(c) Another transformation H is defined by H: (x, y) — (x—- y, y).
(i) If HR is equivalent to a single transformation V such that
V: (x, y) > (’, y’), express x’ and y’ in terms of x and y.
(ii) Given that HR(A) = C, draw and label triangle C on your diagram.
(d) Describe, in full,
(i) the transformation R,
(ii) the transformation H.

ie Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw x and y axes,
taking values ofx from —8 to 12 and values ofy from —6 to 14. Draw and
label the triangle X, with vertices (2, 4), (4, 4) and (4, 1).
(b) The single transformation U maps the triangle X onto the triangle U(X)
which has vertices (6, 12), (12, 12) and (12, 3). Draw and label the
triangle U(X) and describe fully the transformation U.
(c) The transformation R is a clockwise rotation of 90° about the origin.
Draw and label the triangle R(X).
—8
(d) The transformation T is the translation A Draw and label the triangle

T(X) and the triangle RT(X).

(e) The single transformation V is defined by V: (x, y) > (-y, —x). Draw and
label the triangle V(X) and describe fully the transformation V.

177
59

18. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The vertices of a triangle X have coordinates A(1, 1), B(3, 1) and C1, i).
(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to | unit, draw x and y axes taking values of x from
~7 to 13 and values of y from —5 to 10. Draw and label the triangle X.
(b) The transformation P is defined by P: (x, y) > (ax, ay) and is such that the
images of A, B and C under P are respectively A’(—2, —2), B’(—6, —2).and
C’(-2, -4).
(i) Draw the triangle A’B’C’ and label it P(X).
(ii) Describe fully the single transformation P and write down the value
Sie,
(c) The triangle A”B’C” is the image of ABC under an enlargement E whose
centre is (2, 1) and scale factor 4. Draw and label the triangle E(X), taking
care to label the vertices A”, B” and C”. rad fit
(d) Triangle A’B’C’ can be mapped onto triangle A”B”’C” by a single
transformation F. Describe fully the single transformation F.
(e) D is the enlargement with centre (0, 0), scale factor 4, and
E(X) = YD(X). Describe fully the single transformation Y.

19. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The triangle ABC has vertices A(2, 0), B(4, 4) and C(O, 1). The triangle POR
has vertices P(8, —2), Q(4, 0) and R(7, —4). The triangle LMN has vertices
L(-2, -7), M(—6, —9) and M(—3, —5). Draw these triangles on graph paper, using
a scale of 1 cm to | unit on each axis, and label the vertices. AABC can be
mapped onto APQR by an anticlockwise rotation about the origin followed by
a translation.
(a) State the angle of rotation.
(b) Given that this rotation maps (x, y) onto (x’, y’), express x” and y’ in terms
of x and y.
(c) Find the column vector of the translation.
(d) Given that AABC can be mapped onto APQR by a single rotation, find
the coordinates of the centre of this rotation.
(e) Given that AABC can be mapped onto ALMN by a translation
0 1 a0,
of (5) followed by a reflection in the mirror line m, draw the line m on

your graph and label it clearly.

(f) Find the equation of m.

20. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The vertices of a triangle ABC have coordinates A(0, 0), B(3, 0) and C(O, 4).
Under a rotation, the triangle is mapped onto the triangle A’B’C’ whose vertices
have coordinates A’(9, 0), B’(9, 3) and C’(5, 0). Using graph paper, plot these
points and draw the triangles. Construct R, the centre of the rotation, and
describe clearly your construction. Prove ARA’ = 90° and that the y-coordinate

of Ris 4. (C)

178
 Transformations

21. M is a transformation defined by M: (x, y) > (x’, y’) such that x’ = 0.6x + 0.8y
and y’ = 0.8x —0.6y. AABC with vertices A(4, 7), B(6, 3) and C(1, 3) is mapped
onto AA’B’C’ by the transformation M.
(a) Calculate the coordinates of A’, B’ and C’.
(b) Draw AABC and AA’B’C’ and describe fully the transformation M.

22. Q is a transformation defined by Q: (x, y) > (x’, y’) where x’ = x + 2.4y and
y’ =-2.4x + y. A’ and B’ are the images of A(1, 0) and B(1, 2) under Q.
(a) Calculate the coordinates of A’ and B’.
(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent | unit, draw AOAB and AQA’B’ where
O is the origin on a sheet of graph paper.
(c) The transformation Q is equivalent to a combination of a rotation and an
enlargement, both with the origin as centre.
(i) Calculate the factor of enlargement.
(ii) Calculate the angle of rotation to the nearest 0.1°.

23. T is a transformation defined by T: (x, y) > (2x, 2x + 2y). Square OABC,

whose corners are the points (0, 0), (1, 0), (1, 1) and (0, 1), is mapped onto
ODEF by the transformation T. Find the coordinates of D, E and F. Hence
prove that ODEF is a parallelogram. Find its area.

24. (a) Under a certain transformation, the image (x’, y’) of a point (x, y) is given
by xX =2x+y+3andy =y-x+9.
(i) Find the coordinates of A, the image of the point (0, 0).
(ii) Find the coordinates of B, the image of the point (4, 3).
(iii) Given that the image of the point (g, /) is the point (0, 0), write down
two equations each involving g and h. Hence or otherwise find the
values of g and h.
(b) Find the value of x for which (x, 0) is an invariant point under the
transformation Q such that Q: (x, y) > (2x + 3, 2y).

25. Find the equation of the image of each of the following curves under the
transformation which maps (x, y) onto (3x, 3y).
(a) 2y =x
(b) x +y=2

26. T is a transformation defined by T: (x, y) > (3x + 4y, —2x — 3y). Find the image
of (2, -1) under T and hence write down the equation of a straight line which
is invariant under the transformation T. Under T, the point A ,(—1, 1) is mapped
onto the point A,, the point A, is mapped onto A,, and so on. Calculate the
coordinates of A, and A, and without further calculation, state the coordinates
of A, and Aj).

179
od

27. A transformation V is defined by V: (x, y) > (—3x, —3y).

(a) Find the images A’, B’ and C’ of A(3, 1), B(2, 4) and C(1, —5) under V.
(b) Describe fully the transformation V.
(c) Describe fully the inverse of transformation V. If this inverse of
transformation maps a general point (x, y) onto (x’, y’), express x’ and y’
in terms of x and y.
(d) Given that V is equivalent to a combination of transformations QP,
describe fully the transformations P and Q if
(i) P is a rotation,
(ii) P is a stretch,
(iii) both P and Q are enlargements.

28. ABCD is a square. BC is produced to EF such that BE = BD. BEFG is a

parallelogram such that DC = EF and BEF = 45°. Show by using
transformations that the square and the parallelogram are equal in area.

45°
D (G

A B

29. A(-10, 5), B(S, 10) and C(15, 5) are mapped onto A,, B, and C, respectively
by a transformation Q defined by Q: (x, y) > (x, y’) where x’ = —0.6x + 0.8y
and y’ = 0.8x + 0.6y.
(a) Calculate the coordinates of A,, B, and C,.
(b) M is a reflection in the x-axis and it maps A,, B, and C, onto A,, B, and
C, respectively. Write down the coordinates of A,, B, and C,.
(c) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 5 units, draw AABC and AA,B,C, on
a sheet of graph paper. pun
(d) Given that the combination of transformations MQ is equivalent to a
single rotation about the origin, find, by measurement, the angle of
rotation. .
(e) X is a single transformation equivalent to the combination of
transformations QM, and A,, B, and C, are the images of A(—10, 5),
B(5, 10) and C(15, 5) respectively, under X.
(i) Calculate the coordinates of A,, B, and C,.
(ii) Draw AA,B,C, on the same diagram in part (c).
(iti) Making necessary measurements, investigate the effect of the
transformation X on AABC, and describe fully the transformation X.
5.10 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
Worked Example 1
The mean of six numbers is 71. Two of the numbers are 92 and 46 and each of the
other four numbers is equal to x. Find the numerical value of
(a) the total of the six numbers,
(b) x.

Solution:
(a) Total of the six numbers = 6 x 71
46

(b) 92+ 46 + 4x = 426

Ay = 286
Be sob

Worked Example 2
The expenditure of Mr X’s family for a certain month is $1 500. 15% of this amount
is spent on rent and $1 000 on food. If the rest is miscellaneous expenditure, draw
a pie chart to represent the expenditure. Indicate the angles of the sectors clearly.

Solution:
The angles of the sectors for various items are as follows:

For rent: 360° x EES a

100

és toda: 2602 ee Zoho"

1 500
For miscellaneous: 360° — (54° + 240°) = 66°

Thus the required pie chart is as shown below.

Miscellaneous
66°

181
5.10

Worked Example 3
If 3 dice are thrown together, find the probability that
(a) they show the same number,
(b) the total of the 3 numbers is 16.

Solution:
(a) The total number of possible outcomes = 6°
PKS)
The number of outcomes with the dice showing the same number = 6
.. the probability that the dice show the same number when thrown together is
6
16 36°

(b) A sum of 16 can be obtained as follows:

6+6+4 5+5+6
6+4+6 5+6+5
4+6+6 6+5+5

The number of outcomes with the total of 16 is 6.

il
. the probability that the total of the 3 numbers is 16 is J or ee

Worked Example 4
A box contains 10 cards of which 3 are red and 7 are white.
(a) What is the probability of picking a red card, at random, from the box?
(b) When m white cards are removed from the box, and the probability of picking

a red card becomes =,find m.

Solution:

(a) The probability of picking a red card is area

3+ 7 10

(b) The probability of picking a red card is given as ~.

The probability of picking a red card can also be written as

= Tl

spauhe
5 mild —m
3(10 —m) = 15
30—3m = 15
63) ei Oat
pes

182
 Statistics and Probability

Exercise 5.10A} 4 answers on p. 251

No calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. Write these masses in order, starting with the heaviest.

700s. 10.5 Kens 730.9: kg, 1.6kg

&|wW

Find the mean of these masses.

2. The midday temperatures during a week in January were:

et opi nl aaaCO Sk Od ey RE So hs Cs

Find
(a) the median midday temperature,
(b) the mean midday temperature.

3. The mean of five numbers is 39. Two of the numbers are 103 and 35 and each
of the other three is equal to x. Find the numerical value of
(a) the total of the five numbers and
(b) x. (C)

4. The mean mass of the 8 men in a tug-of-war team is 94 kg. When the reserve
is included, the mean mass of the 9 men is reduced to 92 kg. Calculate the mass
of the reserve.

The pie chart shows the number of traffic accidents in areas A, B and C. If there
were 4 200 accidents in area A, 9 240 accidents in area B and n accidents in
area C, find the value of n and of x.
 The pie chart shows the proportion of students who travel to schoal by bus, by
car, by MRT train and on foot.
(a) How many students out of | 440 travel to school by MRT train?
(b) What percentage of the students travel to school by bus?
(c) 96% of the students who live less than two kilometres away from the
school walk to school. The remaining 4% travel by car to school. What
percentage of all those who travel by car to school live less than two
kilometres away from the school?

A man sells 72 oranges, (72 + 2x) apples and (72 — x) pears. When the sales are
represented on a pie chart, the number of oranges is represented by a sector of
angle 108°. Find the value of x.

Number -
of
matches

Number of goals

The bar chart shows the number of goals scored in each match by Ali in a
football competition. Find
(a) the mode of the distribution,
(b) the total number of matches played,
(c) the mean number of goals scored per match by Ali. Give your answer
correct to | decimal place.

184
 Statistics and Probability

Badminton

tennis

Swimming

The pie chart shows the sporting preferences of a group of students. Each
student has only one preference. In the group, 63 students preferred swimming.
(a) Calculate
(i) the number of students who preferred badminton,
(ii) the percentage of students who preferred swimming.
(b) 30% of the students involved said that they preferred table tennis. Calculate
the value of x.

10. A sum of money is divided into parts A, B and C in the ratio 2: 3: 4. Drawa
pie chart to illustrate this division. Indicate the angles of the sectors clearly.

11. In an election, there was a total of 20 000 votes cast for the three candidates A,
B and C.
(a) Candidate A received 12 000 votes. Express this number as a percentage
of the total votes cast.
(b) When the votes are represented by a pie chart, the angle of the sector
representing B’s share is 9°. Calculate the number of votes which B
received. (C)

12. The expenditure of John’s family for a certain month is $1 800. 35% of this
amount is spent on rent and $800 on food. If the rest is for miscellaneous
expenditure, draw a pie chart to represent each expenditure. Indicate the angles
of the sectors clearly.

13. A man throws 2 dice and records the total score. The results of 50 throws are
shown in the following table.

Score 2 3 |4 |5 6 i) 8 ca Oey fl |12

No. of times 1 1 |2 |5) 6 8 f 6 6 a) |3

Find (a) the mode,

(b) the median,
(c) the mean score.

185
5.10

14. A man played several games of skittles. The scores he obtained are shown in
the following table.

|2 3 “+ 5) 6 ii 8 )

Frequency 0 |6 8 fl a 5 4 2 1

Find (a) the mode,

(b) the median,
(c) the mean score.

15. Two dice are thrown together. Calculate the probability that there will be at
least one 6.

16. A bag contains several blue discs and several yellow discs. Find the smallest
number of discs which should be taken out of the bag, if the probability that at
least 3 of those removed are of the same colour is |.

17. Charles is sticking stamps to the value of 30 cents on each of a large number
of envelopes. He has many 5 cent and 10 cent stamps with which to do this.
(a) Copy the diagram. Draw a small circle around each point in your diagram
which represents a possible choice of stamps he could make. (One small
circle, representing the choice of one 10 cent stamp and four 5 cent
stamps, has already been drawn for you.)

Number of 9) e ° ° ° e e
10 cent stamps

0 —* o 2 ~e —e —e
| p 3) 4 5 6
Number of 5 cent stamps

(b) When he has finished, Charles notices that there is an equal number of
envelopes bearing each possible choice of stamps. He chooses one envelope
at random. Find the probability that it has
(i) exactly two 5 cent stamps,
(ii) more 5 cent stamps than 10 cent stamps. (C)

186
 Statistics and Probability

18. One hundred discs, numbered from 1 to 100, are placed in a bag and one
is
drawn at random.

100

(a) Copy the diagram. On your diagram, mark a point and draw a small circle
around it to represent a possible number on the disc which includes at
least a digit 9 or 6. (One point has already been marked and circled for
you.)
(b) State the probability that the number on the disc includes the digit 9 or 6.

19. A man has large numbers of $1 and $5 notes. Write down in table form the
different ways in which he can pay a bill of $33. State the probability that he
uses at least twenty $1 notes.

20. Two six-sided unbiased dice are thrown together. Giving each of your answers
as a fraction in its lowest terms, find the probability that
(a) the sum of the two numbers is 10,
(b) the two numbers are not equal,
(c) when the two numbers are multiplied together, the result is an even
number. (C)

187
5.10

21.
@|0/@/e/e/e/e/e
Ieee ie l 2

A ball is dropped at random into one of eight holes, numbered as shown in the
diagram. The number under each hole gives the score obtained when the ball
drops into that hole.
(a) State the probability of scoring 1.
(b) If the ball is dropped twice, find the probability of scoring
(i) a total of 6 and
(ii) a total of 4. (C)

22. A bag contains | blue ball and 4 red balls. A girl takes two balls at random
from the bag, one after the other.
(a) Copy and complete the probability tree diagram shown below.
(b) Find the probability that she has taken out
(i) two red balls,
(ii) one ball of each colour.

First ball Second ball

ays ee
(
red

() be <
blue
2 (C)

23. On any day, the probability that I will oversleep is =:Find the probability that

(a) I will not oversleep on a particular day,

(b) I will oversleep on two particular consecutive days,
(c) I will oversleep on just one of two particular consecutive days. (C)

24. The probability that Jane will pass her English examination is =,and the

probability that she will pass her Mathematics examination is 2 What is the

probability that ;
(a) she will not pass in English,
(b) she will pass in both subjects? iG)

188
 Statistics and Probability

25. When a girl wakes up each morning, the probability that she feels happy is saad
10
(a) (i) What is the probability that she will feel happy when she wakes up,
on both Monday and Tuesday next week?
(ii) What is the probability that she will feel happy when she wakes up,
on either Monday or Tuesday next week, but not on both days?
(b) Write down, but do not evaluate, an expression for the probability that she
will wake up happy on every day of next week. (C)

26. John, Kate, Leonie, Mitch and Naresh are playing a game in which there are
three prizes. No player can win more than one prize. What is the probability
that John does not win a prize? G)

ee,
a.

A drawer contains two black socks and three white socks. Peter takes one out
at random and puts it on.
(a) What is the probability that this sock is black?
He then takes out a second sock.
(b) What is the probability that
(i) both socks are black,
(ii) both socks are the same colour? (C)

28. The probability that a house, chosen at random, has central heating 1s =:The

ae ef
probability that it has a garage is = (Assume that these are independent

events.) What is the probability that a house, chosen at random,

(a) does not have central heating,
(b) has both central heating and a garage,
(c) has either central heating or a garage, but not both? (C)

29. (a) My dog Ben is given 11 biscuits for his breakfast. 7 of them are black,
3 are red and | is yellow.
(i) He eats one of them. Assuming that he is equally fond of each sort
of biscuit, what is the probability that the biscuit he eats is red?
(ii) He then eats a second biscuit. What is the probability that the first
biscuit is red and the second is black?
(b) On another day he is again given 7 black biscuits, 3 red biscuits and
1 yellow biscuit. He eats only 2 of them. What is the probability that | is
yellow and | is black? (C)

189
8), (0

30. A bag contains 96 discs of equal size of which x are red, 19 are white and the
rest are blue.
(a) A disc is drawn at random from the bag. If the probability that this disc
. ® sgt es
is red 1s me find x.

(b) State, as a fraction, the probability that a disc drawn at random is not
white.
(c) A disc is drawn at random and is not replaced. A second disc is then
drawn. Find, as a fraction, the probability that the first disc is red and the
second is white.

31. Thespoimts Xx, and 2 ‘Wwe on a circle

centre O. XOY = 50° and YOZ Sx.
(a) Given that the area of the circle 1s xX
18 cm’, find the area of the sector XOY.
(b) Ifa point P is placed at random inside a
the circle, the probability that it will lie
Me
in the sector YOZ is ae
24 Z
(i) Find, as a fraction, the probability
that P will not lie in the sector YOZ.
(ii) Find the value of x. (i)

32. (a) Three unbiased coins are tossed simultaneously. Tabulate the possible
results and hence find the probability of obtaining only one head.
(b) Two drawing pins are thrown simultaneously. Given that it is twice as
likely that a drawing pin will land point up as point down, determine the
probability that only one will land point up.
(c) A two-digit number is formed by choosing at random and without repetition
two of the digits 1, 3, 5, 7, 9. Find the probability that this number is
divisible by 5. Ce)

33: A secretary has three different letters. She correctly addresses three envelopes
but carelessly puts a letter into each envelope at random.
(a) State the number of different ways in which the letters could have been
placed in the envelopes.
(b) Find the probability that the number of letters sent to the correct address
is |.

34. There are two ambulances A and B at Toa Payoh Hospital. The probability that

ambulance A is available is S and the probability that ambulance B is available

pa) f
iS me Both ambulances operate independently. If you make a call to the

hospital, what is the probability that

(a) exactly one ambulance will be available,
(b) no ambulance will be available?

190
 Statistics and Probability

35% A group of 50 boys sat for a

modern mathematics test. The
graphs show the cumulative
frequency curves of the two
papers. Study the graphs and
answer the following:
(a) Estimate the median
marks of the two papers.
(b) Estimate the interquartile
range for each paper.
(c) Which paper was more
difficult and why? (C)

in
worked
of
Number
boys
percentage
out
0 20° ‘40° 60. * 80 100
Marks

*36. A cube is thrown onto a table. PORS is one face of the cube. Find the
probability that
(a) the face PORS, (b) the edge PQ and
(c) the corner P will be in contact with the table. (C)

eT.

matches
of
Number

| peer2 ih ‘
0) 1 3 4 5 6 7
Goals scored

The chart shows the frequency distribution of goals scored by a team during a
season. Find
(a) the number of matches played during the season,
(b) the average number of goals per match,
(c) the probability that a spectator who watched only one game during the
season saw the team score at least 3 goals.

191
 SHO

*38. (a) A bag contains 3 red balls and 4 blue balls. A second bag contains 2 red
balls and 5 blue balls. If a ball is taken at random from each bag, find the
probability that both balls will be red.
(b) Two dice are thrown and the total score is x. Given that x > 3 and that the

probability of scoring x is va find x.

(c) A short intelligence test consists of five questions. A correct answer

scores 2 marks and an incorrect one, to penalise guessing, scores —1.
Assuming that all the questions are answered, list all the possible ways of
scoring a total of —2. Hence find the probability of scoring —2. (.e)

Worked Example 5
500 students took a certain physical fitness test and the results are as follows:

Points scored 2 |3 4 | ©) |6 7 8 9 10

No. of students | 3 |11 43 | 90 |172 103 | 64 10 4

(a) Find the mode and the median of this distribution. Find also its mean.
(b) What is the probability of selecting, at random, a student whose score is over
8 points?

Solution:
(a) The mode is 6. The median is 6.

Total points = (2 x 3) + (3 x 11) + (4 x 43) + (5 x 90) + (6 x 172)

+ (7 x 103) + (8 x 64) + (9 x 10) + (10 x 4)
= BL056

Total no. of students = 500

3 056
-. the mean =
500
= 6.112

(b) No. of students whose score is over 8 points is 14,

Total no. of students is 500.

“. probability of selecting, at random, a student whose score is over 8 points

14 7
Sealine
500, 250

192
 Statistics and Probability

Worked Example 6
iP om O

V rai a — = S > r

vy

—> >
W xX Ve
The diagram shows a system of roads. A man walks from P to Y, always going by
the direction of the arrows. At any junction where he has a choice of two roads, it
is equally likely that he will take either. Express, as a fraction, the probability that
he will walk along
(a) WX, (b) SX, (On Xe,

Solution:

I Ae | Y
~)

;| S

; R es x : Y

1 Ww x ! Y
2
1 ik : Y
2
|
5 5
Wl
J R 5| aie 1 ee

| 1
5 W ! x y

Let the probabilities of passing WX, SX and XY be P,, P, and P, respectively.

1 1
(a) iP; ee cee eee pe
2 2

1 1 |
(b) P, ei
2 y,
ee
p) » 2 z 4

1 | 1
(c) P, Eee
2 2 2 2
i PT
DD D

ee ok sl
2

2
4

193
5.10

Alternative Solution:
Reaching R from P is a sure event. The probability tree diagram is drawn with R as
the starting point.

1 7 y
2

1 S
2:

| l
R i X Y
Gg

ue WwW x : Y
2
\

Let the probabilities of passing WX, SX and XY be P,, P, and P, respectively.

l
(a) sire

oe!
2

Il i
(b) ane

2!
4

(c) peanss 314 2 Xk

: 2, 2 2
Ws
4

Exercise 5.10B) a answers on p. 252

A calculator may be used for this exercise.

1. Ann, Betty, Carol and Dolly have 300 stamps

among them. Carol has 30 more stamps than
Dolly.
(a) Calculate the value of x.
(b) What percentage of the 300 stamps
belongs to Carol?
(c) What percentage of Ann’s stamps is
Carol’s stamps more than Ann’s?

194
 Statistics and Probability

2. A survey of the average amount of pocket money a student receives per week
has the following results.
-
Amount of pocket money ($P) ] Number of students

Group A Via? = 14) 24

Group B POS P20 33

|

| Group C wt) = P< 30) os

i Group P D 30'S P<"50 a

The pie chart shows group A with an angle of

80°.
(a) Calculate the value of x. ticvensg
(b) Copy and complete the pie chart. Y
(c) The information is also to be represented 80°
in a histogram. Copy and complete the
histogram.

|
4+

2
Z
3
234
S
5
aa

Pali

:
0 =
10 20 30 40 50
Pocket money ($)

195
SEG

3. An observer notes the speeds of 520 cars as they pass a certain point. The
cumulative frequency curve below shows the speed, v km/h, and the number of
cars whose speed is less than or equal to v km/h.
[For example 390 cars have a speed of less than or equal to 45 km/h].

t
S jen)

frequency
Cumulative

—t t
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Speed (v km/h)

Use the curve to estimate

(a) the number of cars whose speed is less than or equal to 30 km/h,
(b) the median speed,
(c) the interquartile range,
(d) the fraction of the total number of cars whose speed is more than
50 km/h. (C)

4. The diagram shows the occupations of the adult population of Ruritania.

0 20 40 60 80 100
| | | |

Raw material production re Service industry

Manufacturing industry Te Unemployed

(a) A length of | mm on the diagram represents 1% of the population. Using

your ruler, find the four percentages.

196
 Statistics and Probability

(b) Copy the diagram below. Represent the data in part (a) as a bar chart on
your diagram. Label your bar chart clearly.

Percentage Laie T =

40 asl i 1 miles

ext | Ie

30 —}

20

al
(c) Shade the bar representing the modal class.
(d) Represent the data in part (a) as a pie chart. Show clearly how you
calculated the angles of the four sectors. (C)

5. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The table shows the masses of 100 babies at birth.

Risses) 15 <x = 2.0)20<%

= 2.5)25<x%
S$3.0) 3.0<x
= 3.5

Number of
2 24
babies : we Q

Mass (&« kg) |3.5<x<40/40<x<45)45<x<5.0

Number of
aS 14 2
babies

(a) (i) Which is the modal class?

(ii) Only two of these 100 babies have been named Peter. What is the
probability that both Peters have birth masses in the modal class?
(b) Using ascale of 4 cm to represent | kg horizontally, and 2 cm to represent
10 babies vertically, draw a cumulative frequency diagram to display
these results.

noe
 (c) Use your diagram
(i) to estimate the median mass,
(ii) to find the upper and lower quartiles of this distribution, and deduce
the interquartile range. (C)

6. The whole of this question should be answered on a sheet of graph paper.

In a standards testing survey, the mass of cornflakes in 200 packets was found,
and the following results were obtained.

Mass (m) of cornflakes |Number of packets

in grams (Frequency)

746 <m< 748 ~| =)

748 =m < 750 11
CORN
FLAKES
150 <m< 752 pap
dod = m= 154 52
750 grams 1S& = 1. <I56 68
7156 <m< 758 36
758 <m< 760 6

(a) State the modal class.

(b) Copy and complete the following cumulative frequency table.

:
Mass (mm) in grams Cumulative frequency

m < 748
m < 750
i < oe:

m < 760

(c) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 2 grams horizontally, and 2 cm to

represent 20 packets vertically, draw a cumulative frequency diagram.
(d) Use your diagram to estimate
(i) the median mass,
(ii) the interquartile range.
(e) To avoid complaints, all packets whose contents had a mass of less than
751 grams were rejected. What percentage of the packets was rejected?
(C)

198
 Statistics and Probability

7. Graph paper must be used for the whole of this question. |

A school survey of the ages of 1 000 pupils gave the following results.

Age in years It 12 L 13 14 15 16-18

Number of pupils 185 Spe) | 286 182 54 34

=

(a) Copy and complete the following cumulative frequency table.

—-
Age Cumulative frequency

less than 11 years | 0

less than 12 years 185
less than 13 years 444
less than 14 years
less than 15 years
less than 16 years
less than 19 years

(b) Using a horizontal scale of 2 centimetres to represent | year, and a

vertical scale of 2 centimetres to represent 100 pupils, draw a cumulative
frequency diagram for these results over the range I1 years to 19 years
inclusive.
(c) Making your method clear in each case, use your diagram to estimate
(i) the median age,
(ii) the interquartile range,

(iii) the number of pupils who were more than 14 years old on the day

of the survey. (C)

8. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

500 plants were grown under experimental conditions. Their heights were
distributed as shown in the cumulative frequency table below.
—-

Height in cm 10 20 30 AQ 50 60 70

Number of plants of |
148 2706-395. |. 4582 | 500
this height or less a ie
—— =I5 -J.

(a) Using a horizontal scale of 2 cm to represent a height of 10 cm and a

vertical scale of 2 cm to represent 50 plants, draw a cumulative frequency
curve for this distribution.
(b) Showing your method clearly, use your curve to estimate
(i) the median of the distribution,
(ii) the upper quartile of the distribution,
(iii) the number of plants with heights greater than 55 cm,
(iv) the percentage of plants with heights 25 cm or less.

199
5.10

(c) The table below gives the same information in a different form.
-—

Height in cm OS 104 OlOars20t 20 aa O80 0

—

Number of
48} P q | os
plants

Hasan en 40 <x = 50 iad Cx =)

ee

Number of
125 r KY
plants

(i) Find the values of p, g, r and s. ; :

(ii) Which is the modal class of the distribution? (C)

9. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The heights of 660 girls are distributed as shown in the cumulative frequency
table below.

= 140) = 145} = 150'| = 155) = 160 |= 165 |= 170|-= 175.| = 180

1] 42 120 254 427 Sid 646 660

Draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve for these results, using the
following scales.
On the horizontal axis take values of the height from 140 cm to 180 cm
and a scale of 2 cm to represent a height of 5 cm. On the vertical axis take
values of the cumulative frequency from 0 to 700 and a scale of 2 cm to
represent 100 girls.
(b) Showing your method clearly, use your graph to estimate
(i) the number of girls whose height is less than or equal to 152 cm,
(ii) the median of the distribution,
(ili) the value above which the heights of the tallest 20% of the girls lie.
T
(c) Height in a0) 140 <x < 150 |1s<= 1555) 1563] fo

No. of girls 42 78 a
r
Height incm | 160<x< 165 | 165<x=<=170| 170<x
< 180

No. of girls 173 144 | 89

1

This table gives the information in a different form. Find the value of a.
(d) This information was illustrated on a histogram and the column
representing 140 < x < 150 was 2 cm wide and 1.4 cm high. For the
column representing 150 < x < 155, find
(i) the width, (ii) the height. (G)

200
 Statistics and Probability

10. Two six-sided dice were thrown together and the product of the resulting
numbers was calculated. Some of the products are shown in the possibility
diagram given below.

(a) Copy and complete the possibility diagram.

(b) Using the diagram, or otherwise, find the probability that the product of
the two numbers is
(i) odd,
(ii) even,
(iii) less than or equal to 10,
(iv) a multiple of 5,
(v) a prime number.
[Do not include the number | as a prime number.] (C)

1i. One hundred pods of a new variety of garden pea were opened to find the
number of peas in each pod. The frequency distribution is given below:

Number of peas per pod | Z. 3 | 4 5) | 6

Number of pods Z 15 30 | ZS 20 | 8

(a) Find the values of the mode and the median of this distribution, labelling
each answer.
(b) Calculate the mean number of peas per pod.
(c) If two pods are selected at random, find the probability that they both
contain 4 peas. (Gy

201
5.10

12. When the arrow on spinner X is spun it is equally likely to stop on any of the
numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. Similarly the arrow on spinner Y is equally likely to
stop on 1, 2, 3 or 4.

(a) Copy and complete the possibility diagram below, showing the possible
totals when both arrows are spun.

Spinner X

Spinner Y

(b) What is the probability of a total of

(ny 2: (ii) 7, (iii) 12?
(c) Which totals are the most probable?
(d) The sectors on the two spinners are dotted, white or striped. What is the
probability of
(i) both arrows pointing to a dotted sector,
(ii) one arrow pointing to a dotted sector, and one arrow pointing to a
white sector? (C)

13. The surnames of 800 boys on a school roll vary in length from 3 letters to
11 letters as follows:

Number of letters | 3 4 2 6 |7 8 |9 10 11

Number of boys 14 | 98 | 173 206 |14 ei 49 ioe ae

(a) State the mode and median of this distribution.

(b) Calculate the mean length of the boys’ surnames.
(c) State, with a reason, what you consider to be the most suitable way of
representing these data graphically.
(d) If a boy is selected at random from those in this school, what is the
probability that his surname would contain less than 5 letters?

202
 Statistics and Probability

14. (a) A survey was taken of the number of cars passing a road junction during
35 equal intervals of time. The results were recorded in the following
table. For example, 4 cars passed the junction during each of 6 intervals.

Number of cars

Frequency

Find, for this distribution, (i) the mode, (ii) the median and (iii) the mean.
(b) From a group of five children, consisting of three girls and two boys, one
child is chosen at random. Write down the probability that the child
chosen is a girl. A second child is then chosen at random from the
remaining four children. Given that the first child chosen is a girl, write
down the probability that the second child chosen is also a girl. On
another occasion, two children are chosen at random from this same
group of three girls and two boys. Calculate the probability that
(i) both are girls,
(ii) both are boys,
(iii) they are of different sex. (C)

15. (a) A bird-watcher recorded the number of eggs in each of 100 birds’ nests.
The results were:

Number of eggs per nest 1 |Z |5 4 5 6

Number of nests 5) | 18 28 34 9 6

(i) Draw a bar chart on a sheet of graph paper using the scale as shown
below to display these results.

40+

bo=p)
=e

of
Number
nests
ii)jo)

10+

L + + t- 1 >
0 | 2 3 4 5 6
Number of eggs per nest

203
5.10

(ii) Using the figures in the table, find the probability that the next nest
he looks into will contain more than four eggs. Give your answer as
a fraction in its lowest terms.
(b) Another bird-watcher looked into only nine nests. He wrote down the
number of eggs he saw in each, as follows:
Miclis 3s 6,0 Dap ome
For this set of figures
(i) find the mode,
(ii) find the median,
(iii) calculate the mean, giving your answer correct to one decimal place.
(C)

16. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper. |

Mark LO 20730 AN 50: OO 70" FeO) OO LOO

Number of girls
scoring this 1 4 G2 LO. P24 29 los ae, iP OO
| ark or less

36 girls sat an examination in which the maximum mark was 100. The table
above shows the number of girls who scored a particular mark, or less, in the
examination.
(a) Calculate how many girls scored a mark between 61 and 70 inclusive.
(b) Using a vertical scale of 2 cm to represent 5 girls and a horizontal scale
of | cm to represent 10 marks, plot these values on graph paper and draw
a smooth curve through your points.
(c) Showing your method clearly, use your graph to estimate the median
mark.
(d) State, as a fraction in its lowest terms, the probability that a girl chosen at
random will have a mark
(i) less than or equal to 50,
(ii) greater than 70. (C)

17; Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

A group of 81 elderly people live in a nursing home. Their ages are distributed
as shown in the cumulative frequency table below.

Age in years < 60 |<65 < 10). <:80. OU sie 00

No. of people 0 | 21 38 62 74 81

(a) Using a horizontal scale of 2 cm to represent 5 years and a vertical scale

of 2 cm to represent 10 people, draw a cumulative frequency curve to
illustrate this distribution.
(b) Use your curve to estimate the median age of the group, showing your
method clearly.

204
 Statistics and Probability

(c) Use your curve to estimate the probability that one people selected at
random from the group is at least 85 years old.
(d) Find the probability that, if two people are selected at random from the
group, they are both less than 65 years old.

Age in
years (x) 60 =x<65 | 65 =x<70| 70=x<80/ 80<x<90/ 90<x< 100

No. of
people Dal 17 a b é

&

This table gives the same information in a different form. Find the value
of a, the value of b and the value of c.
(f) This information was illustrated on a histogram and the height of the
column representing 65 S x < 70 was 6.8 cm. Calculate the height of the
column representing 70 < x < 80. (CG)

18. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The height of each of the 500 pupils at a school was measured. The results are
shown in the following table.

Height (x cm) | 120

< x < 130} 130<x< 140) 140 <x < 150} 150 <x S 155

|Nuwiber of
: 10 50 120 90
pupils

Height (x cm) | 155 < x <= 160} 160 <x <= 170} 170 <x < 190

Number of
80 110 40
pupils
|

(a) Copy and complete the cumulative frequency table below.

|
Height (x cm) 120 130| 140) 1501 155 | 160: | 170 |) 190

Number of pupils
whose height is less | 0 10 500
than or equal to x

(b) Using a horizontal scale of 2 cm to represent a height of 10 cm, for values

between 120 cm and 190 cm, and a vertical scale of 2 cm to represent
50 pupils, draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to illustrate this
information.
(c) Showing your method clearly, use your graph to estimate
(i) the median height,
(ii) the lower quartile height,
(iii) the interquartile range.

205
5.10

(d) (i) Use your graph to estimate the number of pupils whose height lies
between 145 cm and 165 cm.
(ii) One pupil is selected at random from the school. Find the probability
that the pupil’s height does not lie between 145 cm and 165 cm.
(e) Two pupils are chosen at random from the school. Find the probability
that one has a height less than or equal to 130 cm and the other has a
height greater than 170 cm, showing your method clearly. (CG)

19: Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

In a week, the time x, in hours, spent on swimming practices by each of a group
of 80 students was recorded. The data obtained was then pissed in two
ways as shown in the following tables.

. T i a)

oe Oax = | eas eo) ORES FE Bima seh!

in hours

| Number of
students - u é

Time x,
: Ae 50 SS 6 <= (aye
in hours
iugleerie | |
Number of
students ue a 2 :

Time x, in hours neers |Guu lee

Number of students
spending this time or less

(a) Find the values of A and B.

(b) Using a vertical scale of 2 cm to represent 10 students and a horizontal
scale of 2 cm to represent | hour, draw a smooth cumulative frequency
curve to represent the results in the second table.
(c) Showing your method clearly, use your graph to estimate
(i) the median,
(ii) the interquartile range.
(d) Find the probability that one student chosen at random, has spent more
than 4 hours.
(e) A student is chosen at random from those who have spent more than
4 hours. Find the probability that the student has spent more than 7 hours.
(f) Two students are chosen at random from the group of 80 students. Find
the probability that neither has spent more than 1| hour.

206
 Statistics and Probability

20. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

36 girls were given a test in which the maximum mark obtainable was 100. The
table below shows the cumulative frequency of the results obtained.
—
: = Se aie
Marks LOMEZO8 | PBOMCAO® 190560) 701) +801 90.1 :L00
eet
Number of girls | |
scoring these 1 4 SEO e241 29) 320134) 435. 36
marks or less

(a) Calculate how many girls scored marks between 61 and 70 inclusive.
(b) Using a vertical scale of 2 cm to represent 5 girls and a horizontal scale
of 1 cm to represent 10 marks, plot these values on graph paper and draw
a smooth curve through your points.
(c) Showing your method clearly, use your graph to estimate the median
mark.
(d) State the probability that a girl chosen at random will have marks
(i) less than or equal to 50,
(ii) greater than 70.
(e) A-second group of girls was tested and a quarter of them scored more than
70 marks. If one girl is now chosen at random from each group, find the
probability that
(i) both will have scored more than 70,
(ii) just one will have scored more than 70. (C)

21. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

Each of the 560 pupils in a girls’ school was asked how far she travelled from
home. The results are given in Table |.

Table 1

Distance <i) 1 220! Ver 33 <r Set Aer =o lS 226 |Gers 7

x km

Number g 34 118 244 106 40 10

of girls

(a) Copy and complete the following cumulative frequency table.

Table 2

Distance in km 0 | 2 3 4 5 6 7

Number of girls travelling 0 g 560

this distance or less

(b) Using a horizontal scale of 2 cm to represent | km and a vertical scale of

2 cm to represent 100 girls, draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve
for these results.

207
 Use your graph to estimate the number of girls who travel 4.5 km or
more.
Showing your method clearly, use your graph to estimate
(i) the median,
(ii) the interquartile range of this distribution.
(e) One girl is selected at random from the 560.
(i) Find the probability that the distance she travels is less than or equal
to 3 km.
(ii) If, instead, the probability that she travels more than y kilometres is

ie , find y.
56
(f) Two girls are selected at random from the 560. Find the probability that
they each travel a distance less than or equal to | km. eS)

22. (a) The diagram shows the positions of

four towns A, B, C and D on a map.
There are 3 roads between A and B,
5 roads between A and C, 2 roads
between B and D and 4 roads between
C and D. Write down the number of
different routes from A to D passing
through B. If a motorist chooses at
random a route from A to D, find the
probability that it passes through B.
(b) A bag contains x red balls and y blue balls. If a ball is taken at random

from the bag, the probability that it is red is =.Write down an equation

connecting x and y. If there had been 5 more red balls in the bag, the

probability would have been > Find x and y.

23. (a) A pupil travels to school either by bicycle or by bus. The probability of

being late for school is = if he travels by bicycle and : if he travels by

bus. If he travels by bicycle on three successive days, find the probability

that he will be late:
(i) on each of the three days,
(ii) on just two out of the three days.
If he is equally likely to travel by bicycle or by bus, find the probability
that he will be late for school on any given day.
(b) A greengrocer buys shipments of bananas for £40 each load. He usually

sells each load for £50, but there is a probability of = that a complete

load of bananas will be unfit for sale and he will lose his £40. Find his
average profit per load. (C)

208
 Statistics and Probability

24. Mixed flower seeds are scattered randomly so that

they all fall within a circle of radius 3 m, illustrated
in the diagram on the right. Find the probability that Gm
a particular seed will fall within the shaded inner
circle, which is of radius 2 m. Hence state the
probability that the seed will fall outside the shaded
circle.

The probability that one of the seeds will produce a pink flower is ;while the

probability that it will produce a blue flower is 7 Assuming that every seed

produces a flower, find the probability that a particular seed will produce a
flower which is either blue or pink. Find the probability that a group of three
seeds will produce
(a) three pink flowers and
(b) two pink flowers and one blue flower. (C)

25. A B @ D

E F G H
The diagram shows a rectangular system of roads, the direction A to D being
east and D to H being south. A man walks from A to H, always going either east
or south. At any junction where he has a choice of two roads, it is equally likely
that he will take either. Express, as a fraction, the probability that he will walk
along
(a) BF, (b) FG, (c) GH.

26.
ee) Ww)

€
The diagram shows a road system between two junctions A and D. At junction
ae) : a
A, the probability that a car travels along the road AB 1s = while the probability
D) sa
that it travels along AC is Pe At junction B, the probability that the car travels

along BD or BC is 5 in each case. Find the probability that a car travelling

from A to D |
(a) will pass the point X, (b) will pass the point Y.

209
on

27. The table shows the ages, as on last birthday, of 100 members in a computer
club.

_ Age on last birthday | Number of members

10 to 19 20

20 to 24 pie)

25 to 29 alate % 20

30 to 34 ai

oem iGee) ‘i y

40 to 59 ia Ke

The histogram below illustrates this information.

Frequency
density

10 20 30 40 50 60
Age (in years)

(a) Find the values of x, y and z.

(b) Copy and complete the histogram.
(c) Explain why the bars of the histogram have their right hand ends at 20,
25, 30, 35, 40 and so on.

210
 Statistics and Probability

(d) Suppose the numerical data in the table show the length of time (correct
to the nearest minute) John has used his mobile phone each day for a
period of 100 days rather than showing the ages, as on last birthday, of
100 members in a computer club, explain why the bars of the histogram
in this case should not have their right hand ends at 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 and
SO on.

*28. (a) Eleven cards are each marked with one letter so that together they make
up the word “MATHEMATICS”. If a card is taken at random, state the
probability that it will be marked M. If 10 cards are taken at random, find
the probability that the 10 cards will contain
(i) the letter H and
(ii) at least one letter M.
(b) A square of side 5 cm is drawn on a table. A circular disc of radius 1 cm
is placed on the table so that it lies completely inside the square. Draw the
square full size and, assuming that touching the edge of the square is
allowed, construct and shade the region in which the centre of the disc
must lie. A game consists of throwing the disc onto the table and a point
is scored if the disc lands completely inside the square, touching the edge
of the square being allowed. If a player always gets the centre of the disc
onto the square, find the probability that any throw will score. (C)

= 20. (a) A marksman hits a circular target every time he fires a shot. In the middle
of the target is a circular bull’s-eye with radius equal to one-third of the
radius of the target. A target which hits the bull’s-eye scores 10 points. A
hit elsewhere on the target scores 1 point. Given that a shot is equally
likely to hit any part of the target, calculate the probability that the
marksman will score
(i) 10 points and
(ii) 1 point.
Given that the marksman fired 90 shots at the target, find his probable
score.
(b) (i) A card is drawn from a pack of 52 playing cards and is then
replaced. A second draw is made. Find the probability that the same
card will be drawn each time.
(ii) If the first card is not replaced in the pack, find the probability that
the second card is of the same suit as the first card. (C)

211
 ASSESSMENT PAPER SET A

Paper 1s (answers on p. 253) 8O marks 2h

All questions may be attempted.

Neither mathematical tables nor electronic calculators may be used in this paper.

1. Find the value of

e 5+ -, [1]
(b) 15 +05. | [1]

(a) Arrange the following numbers in descending order:

0.104, —0.401, 0.041. [1]
(b) Share $24 000 equally among five people. How much does each person get? [1]

The Tanglin Bookshop sells 2 400 exercise books at 25¢ each.

(a) Find the total selling price. [1]
(b) If the selling price of each exercise book is increased by 20%, find the increase in total selling
price. [1]

On a certain day, the highest temperature was 12°C and it occurred at 13 00. The lowest temperature
on the same day was —4°C and it occurred at 06 00.
(a) What is the difference between the highest and lowest temperatures? [1]
(b) The temperature at 10 00 was 7°C higher than the lowest temperature. What was the temperature
at 10 00? [1]

The diagram shows the number of cubes used to build a stair of

three steps.
(a) How many extra cubes are needed to build the next step?
[1]
(b) Is it possible to build such a stair with exactly 101 cubes?
Explain your answer. [1]

(a) Find the time that is | : hours before 10 10. [1]

(b) A car travels for the first two hours at an average speed of 80 km/h.
(i) Find the distance travelled in the first two hours. [1]
(ii) In the next hour, it travels another 100 km. Find the average speed for the whole journey.
[1]
212
 Assessment Paper Set A

7. The diagram shows a pattern made up of ten sticks and three dots.

(a) If the pattern is continued, find the number of sticks if there are six dots. [1]
(b) If there are n dots, find, in terms of n, the number of sticks in the pattern. [2]

8. G). What is the value of.ns if 9" = =? [1]

al I
(b) IfA=x °,B=x and A = 3B, find x. [2]

9. Describe a combination of two transformations which maps figure A onto figure B. [3]

. S

A R

10. The plan of a house is drawn using a scale of | cm to represent 50 cm.

(a) If the length of the house on the plan is 40 cm, what is the actual length in metres? [1]
(b) The area of the house is 300 m’, find its area on the plan in square centimetres. [2]

11. The perimeter of a square is 48 cm.

(a) Find its area. [1]
(b) If the perimeter increases by 20%, calculate the percentage increase in its area. [2]

12. The line graph shows the rainfall at the airport A

during a certain week.
(a) Calculate the total rainfall over the week. oo
[1]
(b) Calculate the mean weekly rainfall, giving ~wO
your answer correct to | decimal place.
in
Rainfall
mm
[2] O

Day of the week

13. Solve the simultaneous equations 3x — 2y = 11 and x + 3y = 0. [3]

213
Assessment Paper Set A

14. Under the transformation M, the point (1, k) is mapped onto the point (1 + k, —K).
(a) Write down the image of a general point (x, y), in terms of x and y, under M. [2]
(b) Find a point (other than the origin) which is invariant under the transformation M. [1]

15. (a) Evaluate (0.49) — (0.01). [1]

(b) Factorise 4pr + 4gr — pt — qt. [2]
(c) If today’s date is 4th October, find the date in 5 weeks’ time. [1]

16. In the right-angled triangle OAB, OA = 8a and OB = 32b. B

~

D is a point on AB such that AD : DB = 1: 3.

(a) Express aD in terms of a and b. [2]

(b) Given that |a| = |b| = 1, find |OD|. [2] os

2 8a

17. The pages of a book are numbered as 1, 2, 3,.... It is found that 195 digits are used.
(a) How many pages are numbered with a single digit number?
(b) How many pages are numbered with a two-digit number?
(c) How many pages are there altogether?

18. (a) If sis the largest square number such that s < n, find s when
Gi) n=6A< 10°,
(ea 6.4.10:
(b) The diagram shows how a rectangular plot of sides |
54 cm by 30 cm is covered by some 10 cm by 10 cm tiles.
Find the area of the shaded part. (Dene 7 aS

L — ——w 7 4

19.

in
Speed
m/s

é
:}
fRo
{j= |——+
OE Se 0 15 0)
Time in seconds

The speed-time graph of a journey is given above. Calculate

(a) the total distance travelled in the 20 seconds,
(b) the average speed in this interval of time.

214
 Assessment Paper Set A

20. The graph of the line with equation 12x — Sy = 60 cuts the X-axis at A and the y-axis at B.
(a) Find the coordinates of A. [1]
(b) Find the coordinates of B. [1]
(c) Calculate the length of the line segment AB. [1]
(d) If the line passes through the point (t, 27), find the value of t. [1]

21. Two boys and three girls take part in a competition. The order of competition is decided by drawing
their names at random from a hat. Find the probability that
(a) the first name drawn is Hashim, the name of one of the boys, [1]
(b) the first name drawn is that of a girl, [1]
(c) the first two names drawn are both girls. [2]

22.

12cm

6cm
is
8cm

The diagram shows the cross-section of a solid of length 1.2 m. Calculate

(a) its cross-sectional area in square centimetres, [1]
(b) its volume in cubic centimetres, [1]
(c) its total surface area in square centimetres. [3]

23.

A B

The shaded region between the two concentric circles of radii r and R has an area of 497 cm’,
(a) Express R’ in terms of r’. [2]
(b) AB is a chord which touches the smaller circle. Find the length of AB. [3]

24. (a) Express : x us ztas a single fraction in its simplest form. [2]
BAS Xx

(b) Solve the inequality 3x > 5 + 10. [2]

(c) Ifx + 55x — 1500 = ( + a(x +75), find the value of a. [1]
Assessment Paper Set A

Paper 2 (answers on p. 253) 100 marks 2h 30 min

Section A (52 marks)

Answer all the questions in this section.

1. The diagram shows a trapezium ABCD with AB = 6 cm, A 4 D

BC=9cm, CD =5 cmand AD =4 cm. AD is parallel to BC.
AE and DF are perpendicular to BC. BE = x cm and
C= vom:
(a) Express y in terms of x. [1] :
(b) Explain why 36 — x = 25 - (5 - x). [2] | |
(c) Solve the equation in part (b) and hence find the value
of the angle ABC. [2] B. x E FF YG
(d) Construct the trapezium accurately. A point P moves — 9 ag
inside the trapezium such that it is always closer to B
than to C and closer to D than to C. Shade on your
diagram the possible locations of P. [4]

A hiker P sets off from base camp at O and walks 15 km in the direction 035° and then 12 km in the
direction 075° to arrive at the point A.
(a) Calculate the distance and bearing of P from O. [5]
(b) Another hiker Q starts off from O at the same time as P but walks in a straight line along OA. If
the speeds of P and Q are in the ratio 4 : 3, who will arrive at A first? Show your working clearly
to support your answer. [3]

(a) If 2 is a solution of the equation x° — 6x + c = 0, find the

value of c. With this value of c, determine the other
solution of the equation. [2]
(b) In the diagram, PT is a tangent to the circle, centre O.
ABP isa straight line, AB =O cu BP) 45cm,
TP =xcm, BTP = y° and TOB = 2°.
(i) Express z in terms of y. [2]
(ii) Show that BTP = TAB. [1]
(iii) Explain why ABTP and ATAP are similar triangles. [2]
(iv) Calculate the value of x and write down the ratio AT : BT. [2]

A silver plate is 1.2 cm thick and is placed in an electrolyte. For every 30 minutes of electric current
passing through the plate, its thickness increases by 0.7 cm.
(a) Calculate the thickness of the plate when.an electric current is passed for 5 hours. [2]
(b) If the thickness of the plate is 5.4 cm, calculate the time for which the electric current has been
passed. [2]
(c) If the thickness of the plate is D cm after ¢ hours of electric current, write down a formula
connecting D and t. [2]
(d) Use your formula to check your answers to parts (a) and (b). [2]

216
 Assessment Paper Set A

60

40

children
of
Number

0 I wis chee Ware:

Age in years

The histogram shows the number of children below 5 years old living in a housing block at Changi in
1998.
(a) How many children below 5 years old are there in the housing block? [1]
(b) What percentage of the children were born in 1997? [2]
(c) Calculate the mean age of this group of children. [2]
(d) Which is the modal age group? [1]
(e) If achild is chosen at random from this group, what is the probability that the child is at least
3 years old? [3]

(a)

The line AB is rotated in a plane so that A’ is the image of A and B’, the image of B, lies on the
line segment A’X. Make a traced copy of the diagram and on it,
(i) mark accurately the point B’, [2]
(ii) construct accurately the position of the centre of rotation, indicating it by the letter O.
[2]
(by) it, XZ= 8 cm, YZ =6 cm and XY =7 cm. N 1s the
point on XY such that XNZ = 90°. If XN = a cm,
fy =) Cileai ZV. =.) cl,
(i) express a’ in terms of h, [1]
(ii) express b* in terms of h, [1]
(iii) find the value of a° — b”, [1]
(iv) find the value of a — b. [2]
Assessment Paper Set A

Section B (48 marks)

Answer four questions in this section.

7. (a) X

8 cm

B 10 cm C

The figure shows a rectangular box with a horizontal base ABCD. Given that XA = 6 cm,
AB = 8 cm and BC = 10 cm, calculate
(i) the angle XB makes with AB, [2]
(ii) the length of AC, [2]
(iii) the angle which XC makes with AC. [3]

(b) X VY
A D

B (Si

ABCD is a rectangular piece of land and XY is a wall. A fence 60 metres long is used to fence up
the land. Find the length and the breadth of the rectangular piece of land when the area is a
maximum. [5]

8. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The following table shows some values of x and y for y = x and y = 2".

—| —0.5 0 0.5 ] LS 2 2.)

Ne =I | i ut
| 0.3 0 0.3 l OMS 4 a
1 } | =
0.5 0.7 | b 2 2.8 4 om
| et
(a) Calculate the values of a and b, giving your answers correct to | decimal place. [2]
(b) Using a scale of 4 cm to represent | unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to represent | unit on the y-axis,
draw the graphs of y = x° and y = 2' for-1 =<x < 2.5, labelling the graphs clearly. [4]
(c) Write down the coordinates of the point(s) where the two curves intersect. [2]
(d) Use your graph to solve the equation 2‘ = 5. [2]
(e) By drawing tangents, find the gradient to each curve at the point where x = 1.5. [2]

218
 Assessment Paper Set A

9. (a) The diagram shows a square ABCD and a smaller square PQRS where R is the point on the
; 1 : Sere
diagonal BD such that DR = qe Describe a combination of two transformations which will

map ABCD onto PORS. [3]

B G

(b) Answer the following questions on a sheet of graph paper.

(i) Draw the line with equation y = 2x — 1. [1]
(ii) Draw its image under the reflection in the line x = 2 and find the equation of this image.
[2]
(iii) Draw its image under the shear, with y-axis invariant and (1, 3) mapped onto (1, 1). Find the
equation of this image. [2]
(iv) If (x’, y’) is the image of (x, y) under this shear, express x’ and y’ in terms of x and y. [2]

10. v(m/s)
4

>f(S)

The speed-time graph of a car is shown above.

(a) The part of the graph from O to A has equation v = at’. Calculate the value of a. [2]
(b) The graph from A to B is a straight line. Find its equation. What 1s the acceleration of the car
during this period? [4]
(c) What is the acceleration of the car at time t = 24? [2]
(d) Calculate the distance travelled from t = 4 to t = 28. [2]
(e) Given that the distance travelled in the first 4 seconds is 10.7 m, calculate the average speed of
the car for the whole journey. [2]

219
Assessment Paper Set A

: 1
11. (a) O is the centre of a circle and AB is a chord. C is a point on AB such that AC = yo

Lt Ol and Ope

(i) Express the vector OC in terms of a and b. [2]

(ii) If OA is twice the length of OC and CO is produced to meet the circle again at D, find the
vector OD in terms of a and b. [2]
(b) Points P,, P, and P, lie on a straight line and have position vectors a + b, 2a + 3b and
3a + kb respectively.
(i) Write down PP and PP, in terms of a and b. [2]
(ii) If BP, =2PP, find the value of k. ee [2]
(iii) If P, and P, have position vectors 4a + mb and oa + nb such that PP. = 3 PP
and P,P, = 4PP, find the values of m and n. [2]
(iv) If P, is a point such that PP = rPP, find the position of P, in terms of r,a and b. [2]

220
 ASSESSMENT PAPER SET B

Paper 1 (answers on p. 254) 80 marks Zh

All questions may be attempted.

Neither mathematical tables nor electronic calculators may be used in this paper.

1. Find the value of

(a) 60+4x2- 15, [1]
(b) 12.3 — 4.89. [1]

(a) Write down a fraction between 5 and =. [1]

(b) Which is larger, 0.4 or 4%? [1]

The width of a carport is 900 cm. It is supported by four posts, each 12 cm wide. The posts are evenly
spaced. Find the distance between each pair of posts. [2]

(a) Write down the missing number in the sequence 3, 7, 13, ols: [1]
; 1 pe I ing .
(b) Given that x = 5 and y = 5G find the value of Re + 3y, giving your answer as a decimal.

[1]

Find the simple interest obtained when $250 is invested at 6% per annum for a period of 9 months.
[2]

Find the value of (5 x 10°)°, giving your answer in standard form. [2]

Mary got 8 out of 10 marks in test A and 49 out of a total of 56 marks in test B. In which test did Mary
do better? — [2]

The last part of a recipe for a type of soup reads:

; |
‘Blend the ingredients into a puree. For every - cup of puree, add A cup of milk and 5 cup
“a

of water.’

If Mary has 22 cups of puree after blending,

how much milk must she add to it, [

(a)
(b) how much soup will she have after adding the milk and water? [
Assessment Paper Set B

9. The diagram shows a thermometer with a circular dial which

records temperature in Celsius.
(a) Write down the temperature indicated by the pointer.
[1]
(b) The temperature at time 21 00 was 4°C. At 03 00, it had
fallen 9°C. Write down the temperature at 03 00. [1]
(c) Calculate the average fall in temperature per hour. [1]

10. The table shows the travel times in minutes between some stations on the MRT system. It takes
3 minutes to travel from Bishan to Ang Mo Kio and 10 minutes from Khatib to Bishan.

Braddell

: Bishan

’ - Ang Mo Kio

g 2 2 Yio Chu Kang

ie ee r a Khatib

14 12 2 a ZlVue
L
Travel times in minutes

(a) How long does it take to travel from Ang Mo Kio to Yishun? [1]
(b) The travel time from Yio Chu Kang to Buona Vista via Ang Mo Kio is 37 minutes. A train from
Yishun reaches Buona Vista at 14 31. At what time did the train leave Yishun? [2]

11. The diagram shows the plan of a room. 3m

(a) Calculate aaa m
(i) its area in square metres, [1]
(ii) its perimeter in metres. [1] :
(b) A scale drawing is to be made of the plan so that its On
longest side is represented by a line 25 cm long. What
should the scale be? [1]

O a
10m

222
 Assessment Paper Set B

12. Copy the diagram. Draw accurately the image of the shape.
under an anticlockwise rotation of 90° about the point A.
A
[3]

13. (a) Solve the equation Vx — 1 =7. [1]

(b) Arrange the numbers in ascending order:

ae 10e 40a ola x 10> 4.15010". [2]

14. In the diagram, the bearing of B from A is 150° and the bearing
ofA from C is 060°. AC = 2 km and AB = 3 km.
(a) Calculate BC’. [2]
(b) Write down the bearing of A from B. [1] :
ilst0

60°
»
C t2

iS: (a) x is an integer such that -9 < x < | and -9 = y < -1. Calculate the greatest value of ay
y
[1]
: : n 4
(b) Solve the inequality 1 — 3 < Pe [2]

16. The diagram shows a circle with centre O and two tangents
ABC and ADE. DF is parallel to AC. If CAE = 80°, calculate
(a) ADB, [1]
(b) BOF, [2]
(c) BBC. [1]

Ec

17; (a) A house costs $64 000.

(i) Ifa buyer has paid three quarters of the cost, how much does he still have to pay? [1]
(ii) If he were to pay the remainder in 20 monthly instalments, how much does he have to pay
per month? [1]

(b) Simplify a= [2]

pe Xx

223
Assessment Paper Set B

18. In the following diagram, O is the origin, P is the point (1, 0) and Q is the point (0, 2). Let
OP = p and 00 aq:

34

24°

+++ — +——_+——__+—_+ x
my Pgh MEDS ep te 1 2 3 4

—1

=)

eS

(a) Copy the diagram. Mark clearly on it the point X such that Ox = 3p — 2q. [1]
(b) Calculate the magnitude of OX. [1]
(c) Mark clearly on your diagram the set of points Z such that OZ = —2p + n(q — p), where n varies
from —2 to 2. [2]

19. The letter A has an angle of 60° at the top vertex.

(a) By using three such As, draw a figure with three lines of symmetry.
[2]
(b) By using four such As, draw a figure with only two lines of
symmetry. [2]

20. The equation of a straight line is 3x + 2y — 6 = 0. Calculate

(a) the gradient of the line, [1]
(b) the coordinates of the point where the line cuts line x = 4, [1]
(c) the equation of the line which is parallel to the given line and passes through the point
(2, 1), [2]
(d) the distance between the origin and the point (—5, 8). [1]

224
 Assessment Paper Set B

21. The distribution of the scores of a statistics test is as follows:

Number of students 16 ile i)

(a) Find
(i) the mode, [1]
(ii) the median, [1]
(iii) the mean. ald
(b) If the data are represented on a pie chart, calculate the angle of the sector for the score 2. [2]

22. (a) Factorise completely 4a* — 4ab + b’ - c’. [2]

(b) Ifp+2q= 4 and home 4, express r in terms of p. [3]

ta 2 q

23. (a) A dealer sold a camera for $184. She made a profit of 15%. Calculate the cost price of the
camera. [2]
(b) She sold an identical camera to a staff member at a discount of x%, and she still made a profit
of not less than 10%. Calculate the greatest value of x, correct to 1 decimal place. [3]

24. In a medical experiment, some students who suffered from stress were given the drug ‘StressOff’
while others were given ‘Placebo’. The proportions of students in different categories are given below.

StressOff | Placebo

Improved O32 0.14

Did not improve 0.26 P

(a) Find the value of p. [1]

(b) Find the probability that a student chosen at random
(i) took the drug ‘StressOff’ but did not improve, [1]
(ii) did not improve at all, [1]
(iii) improved given that he or she took the drug ‘Placebo’. [2]
(c) Given that 63 students were given ‘Placebo’, find the total number of students who were tested.
[1]
225
Assessment Paper Set B

Paper 2 (answers on p. 254) 100 marks 2h 30 min

Section A (52 marks)

Answer all the questions in this section.

1. (a) In a rural area, water is drained from a horizontal rectangular roof of sides 6 m by 5 m.
(i) If the average rainfall per day in a certain month (of 30 days) was 2.3 cm, calculate the
amount of water, in litres, collected for that month. [2]
(ii) If the water is drained into a cylindrical tank of radius x cm and after a rainfall of 3 cm, the
water level rose by 45 cm in the tank, calculate the value of x. [3]
(b) The frequency of radio waves is inversely proportional to their wavelength. The Golden Channel
is broadcast at a frequency of 250 kilohertz using radio waves with wavelength 1 200 m. Find the
frequency, to the nearest kilohertz, of the Silver Channel with wavelength 450 m. [3]

noe
Bus

The pie chart shows how 48 students in a class travelled to school.

(i) Express the number of students who travelled by bus as a fraction in its lowest terms. [1]
(ii) If 10 students travelled by car, find the value of x. [1]
(iii) What percentage of the students walked to school? [1]

(b)
10
5)
28
Pr 7
cgay
o)
a 5
a4
Z 3
2
|

0
1 2 3 4 3
Number of cards received

The students in a class were asked how many New Year cards they had received. The results are
shown in the diagram.
(i) What is the modal number of cards received? [1]
(ii) How many cards were received by all the students in the class? [2
(iii) Calculate the mean number of cards received by the students. [2]

226
 Assessment Paper Set B

3. A company produces two brands of cereals C, and C,. Each bag of the cereals weighs one kilogram
and is made up of the following quantities (in kg) of oat and rice.

Cereal
>
C C,

Oat 0.4 2

Rice 0.6 | 0.8

ie

(a) The company has an order for 150 bags of C, and 265 bags of C,. What quantity of each
ingredient is needed? [3]
(b) The company has a stockpile of 425 kg of oat and | 150 kg of rice. How many bags of cereal C,
and cereal C, can be produced to completely use the stockpile? [3]
(c) When the stockpile is sold, the overall profit is $10.55 per bag. If the profit on each bag of C, is
$12.60, find the profit on each bag of C,,. [3]

4. Inthe diagram, AD is a diameter of the circle ABCD. AD is parallel A

to BC and DAC = 32°.
(a) Calculate Ow
(i) ADC, [1]
(ii) BAC. [3]
(b) If the diameter is 8 cm, calculate
(i) the area of triangle ACD, [2]
(ii) the area of the trapezium ABCD. [3
D

5. The triangle OAB has vertices O(O, 0), AC, 0) and B(1, 2). It is mapped onto OA’B’ under the
transformation M defined by M: (x, y) > (-y, x).
(a) Write down the coordinates of A’ and B’. 2]
(b) On graph paper, draw the triangles OAB and OA‘B’. Describe fully the transformation M.
[2]
(c) If the transformation V maps OA’B’ onto OAB, find the image of (x, y), in terms of x and y, under
the transformation V. [2]
A combination of two transformations is equivalent to a single transformation Q such that
Q: (x, y) — (-4y, 4x). Describe this combination of two transformations. [3]

The diagram shows a wheel of radius 40 cm resting against a

step 15 cm high. Find the angle through which the wheel has
to be pushed and turned so that the centre O is directly above
the point of contact, P. [3]

227
Assessment Paper Set B

(b)

10
cm

\<

The diagram shows a solid which is made up of a hemisphere and a cylinder both with diameter
8 cm. The height of the solid is 10 cm. Calculate
(i) the volume of the hemisphere, [2]
(ii) the volume of the solid, [2]
(iii) the surface area of the solid. Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places. (Take

i= > 14.) [Volume of sphere = omr, area of sphere = snr, [2]

Section B (48 marks)

Answer four questions in this section.

7. A small cinema has a capacity of 120 seats and is always packed if the price of each ticket is $8.
(a) Write down the revenue obtained. [1]
For every $2 increase in the price of each ticket, the number of patrons decreases by 5.
(b) Find the revenue when the price of each ticket is $12. [2]
(c) Ifxis the number of $2 increases in the price of tickets, show that the revenue in dollars is given
by 960 + 200x — 10x’. [2]
(d) Find the values of x so that the revenue is $1 950. [3]
(e) By considering the line of symmetry of the curve y = 960 + 200x — 102°, write down the value
of x so that the revenue is a maximum. Find this maximum revenue. [2]
(f) In the case where the revenue is a maximum, what percentage of the seats are occupied? [2]

8. (a)

>X

The diagram shows the unit circle centre O and x-axis OX. A is the point on the circumference
such that angle AOX = 10°. B is the point on the circumference such that its y-coordinate is
obtained by multiplying the y-coordinate ofA by 2.
(i) Calculate the angle BOX. [2]
(ii) C,D,... are the points on the circumference such that their y-coordinates are obtained by
multiplying the y-coordinate of A by 3, 4,.... Determine how many points can be obtained
in this way. [3]
If T is the last point in this sequence, calculate the angle TOX. [2]

228
 Assessment Paper Set B

(b) The diagram shows the net of a solid. When the 8

solid 1s made, calculate 6
(i) its volume, [2] 6 6 8
(ii) the length of AG. [3] TA
(All measurements are in cm.) : |
| Is |

9. The target below has three concentric rings of radii 10 cm, 20 cm and 30 cm respectively.

(a) Find the areas of the inner circle A and the rings B and C. Leave your answers in terms of 7.
[3]
(b) Ifa person throws a dart to hit the target at random, what is the probability that the dart lands
(i) incircle A, [2]
(ii) not in ring B? [2]
The score for hitting circle A is 4, for ring B is 2, and for ring C is 1. Two darts hit the target at random
and the scores are added. Some of the sums are shown in the diagram below.

(c) Copy and complete the diagram. [2]

(d) Find the probability of getting a total score which is
(is “even: [1]
(ii) less than or equal to 5, [1]
(iii) a multiple of 3 or a multiple of 4. [1]
Assessment Paper Set B

10. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = (6 — x’)x. Some corresponding values of x and
y are given in the following table.

7 a =
I 1 3 1 ] 3
0 — = — |— |— {— Z Be~
- 4 2D 4 4 Dy 4 ‘val
peed |
y 0) Ie5 20 4.1 > 55) P Spl 4 | om
ae 4
(a) Calculate the value of p, giving your answer correct to | decimal place. [1]
(b) Taking 4 cm to represent 1 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to represent | unit on the y-axis, draw the
Stapl OL y= (Oe ros [4]
(c) State the value of x for which y is a maximum and write down this maximum value of y.
[3]
(d) The amount of bacteria in a culture at time t seconds is given by y = (6 — f)Vt. By taking
t= x’, use your graph to find the time when the amount of bacteria is 4.5 units. [2]
(e) State the time when the amount of bacteria is greatest and state this greatest amount. [2]

ll. (a)
@ee © oe 8 @ @ @eeeeeeeee oee%#e#eeee3s#ee#s ee

ee @ @®eoeeee @®ee#eeeee @ eoe#e2e#eee#eeeeeee e

e e e @ e@ @ e@ @ @ eee e©eee eeee

ee @ e@eeees @ eeeoeeeeee ®@ eoeeeeeecteeee#e

eee eoeoeee @ eeeeeee#e e @eoeeee#eeee#e#eeseee

Ist 2nd 3rd 4th

(i) How many dots are there in the Sth pattern? [1]
(ii) How many dots are there in the 8th pattern? [3]
(iii) Find a formula for the number of dots in the nth pattern. [4]
(b) It is given that x(y + 3) =p, p < 13 and y > 4. If x and y are positive integers and p is a prime
number, find the value of
(i) x, [1]
(ii) p, 2
(iii) y. [1]

230
 ASSESSMENT PAPER SET C

Paper Ll (answers on p. 254) 80 marks Zh

All questions may be attempted.

Neither mathematical tables nor electronic calculators may be used in this paper.

1. Find the value of

(a) 15% of 400, [1]
(b) 0.54
+ 0.1. [1]

: D 5
(a) Find the value of I> = [1]
(b) How many digits are there in 4.2 x 10° when it is written as a single number? [1]

Samy rents a videotape which should last for | hour 58 minutes according to the label. After watching
the videotape, he also wants to watch a football match on TV which will start at 20 02. What is the
latest time that Samy should start watching the videotape, if he gives an interval of 3 minutes between
the end of watching the videotape and the start of the TV football match? [2]

A table-tennis team bought 6 bats at $35.50 each and a net for $50.
(a) Find the total amount spent. [1]
(b) If the team had $400 before buying the equipment, how much was left after the purchase? [1]

If n is a positive integer, find n for which 12n — 3n° > 10. [2]

When Betty was x years old, her mother was y years old. Betty is now y years old and her mother is
z years old. Express z in terms of x and y. [2]

Margaret wanted to calculate the area of a rectangular piece of land

measuring 26.25 m by 20.24 m. She found out that the multiplication
key on her calculator is out of order. After thinking for a few minutes, a0 2200
she came up with a method to calculate the area using the division key
rather than the multiplication key: en

Area = [1 + (1 + 26.25 + 20.24)] m’

—tokibeming
Explain why Margaret’s method can work. [2]

(a) Solve the equation 7x — 15 = 3(x — 1). [1]

(b) Factorise completely 22r° — 6r — 202. [2]

1Oxi HG 3]
nn
mas Ox? 12x44

231
Assessment Paper Set C

10. The safe speed, v m/s, at which a car can go round a curve of radius r m varies as the square root
of r. The safe speed for a radius of 200 m is 16 m/s. Find the safe speed for a radius of 242 m. [3]

11. The cumulative distribution of marks gained by a group of students in an examination is given in the
table below.

Mark 10 20 30 40 50

No. of students who gained

4 80
less than this mark . ; eS

(a) How many students gained between 30 and 40 marks? [1]

(b) If 30 was the pass mark, find the percentage of students who failed. [1]
(c) State the range of marks with the modal number of students. [1

12. In the diagram, XBY is a tangent to the circle, centre O. Given

that AOB = 70° and ACD = 30°, calculate
(a) BCD, [1]
(b) XBD. [1]
(c) CBY. [1]

13. In the diagram, OP = p and 00 = ¢

O Ne

(a) Copy the diagram and mark the point X such that Ox = —2(q — p). [1]
(b) Write down OZ in terms of p and q. [2]

14. Robert sold a CD player at a profit equivalent to 20% of the selling price.
(a) Write down the cost price as a percentage of the selling price. [1
(b) Express the profit as a percentage of the cost price.

15. A circle has a circumference of 40 cm and a square has a perimeter of 40 cm. Taking 7 to be 3,
determine which shape has the bigger area, showing clearly your working. [3]

232
 Assessment Paper Set C
16. 0.8 / of a certain liquid weighs 808 g.
(a) Write down a formula for G, the mass in gram of L litres of the liquid.
Give your answer in its
simplest form.
[2]
(b) Find the volume of 1 kg of the liquid. Give your answer, in litres, correct
to 2 decimal places.
[2]

17. The following graph shows Susan’s journey from home to school. She walked to
the bus stop, waited,
then took the bus to school.

Distance
from
km
in
home

<— bus stop

pee ! | ie aS
0 4 8 12 16 20
Time in minutes

(a) How far was she from home after 12 minutes? 1]

(b) Find the ratio of her walking speed to the bus speed. [2]
(c) Copy the diagram and mark the point on the graph to show when she was three quarters of the
way to school. [1]

233
Assessment Paper Set C

18. The diagram is an accurate scale drawing of a rectangular DP nal =

field ABCD, where AB = 100 m and BC = 60 m.
(a) A fence is to be erected in the field to keep a horse
20 m away from the edge BC. Draw the line that
60m
represents the fence accurately and shade the region
in which the horse can move within the field. [2]
(b) A goat is tethered to points A and D with two ropes
each 40 m long. Copy the diagram and draw A 100 m B
accurately the region in which the goat can move
within the field. [2]

19. A dice is biased so that the probability of throwing a 6 is 7 The outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 have the

same probability as each other.

(a) What is the probability of throwing a 5? [2]
(b) The dice is thrown twice. What is the probability that the total score is greater than 10? — [3]

20. A man is x years old and his son is y years old now. Three years ago, the man was 4 times as old as
: : ne : Li :
his son, and in two years’ time, he will be 3 : times as old as his son.

(a) Form two equations, simplifying them in the form Ax + By = C where A, B and C are integers.
[2]
(b) Find the present age of [3]
(i) the man,
(ii) his son.

oe wee ;
21. (a) fxs ae express x as a single power of 5 in terms of k. [1]

(b) If k is an integer, find the smallest value of k for which the value of x is greater than 10 000.

(c) If k = 3, write down the value of x as a fraction. [1]

(d) fos 7 find the value of k. [1]

22. Some of the following numbers are rational numbers while some are irrational numbers.

18 (V6) sal? aiicddo dd

196

(a) Identify all the rational numbers in the list above. [2]
(b) Ali says the product of two irrational numbers may be a rational number or an irrational number.
Do you agree with Ali? Use numbers from the above list to illustrate your answer. [3]

234
 Assessment Paper Set C

23. Hight tins of dog food are enough to feed 3 dogs for 2 days. |
(a) For how long does the same amount of dog food feed 2 dogs? [1]
3)
(b) For how long does i the amount of dog food feed 2 dogs? [2]
(c) For how long does 12 tins of dog food feed 10 dogs? [2]

24. Cee Dea 64 55 fo}

(a) From the above list, write down the prime numbers. [1]
(b) Find three numbers x, y and z from the list such that x = ly and y = Nz. [1]
(c) Find six numbers a, b, c, d, e and f from the list such that a(b + c) = d(e + f). [3]

Paper 2 (answers on e259) 100 marks 2h 30 min

Section A (52 marks)

Answer all the questions in this section.

1. The measure A®° of an interior angle of a regular polygon of n sides is given by the formula
(2n — 4) x 90
A= ‘ ,

(a) Find the measure of an interior angle of a regular polygon with 8 sides. [1]
(b) Write n in terms of A. Hence, find the number of sides of the regular polygon with interior angles
measuring 157.5° each. [4]
(c) Find the regular polygon such that when the number of sides is doubled, the measure of an
interior angle is also doubled. [3]

2. The cost of typesetting the first page of a book is $60. Each subsequent page costs $1.20 less than the
previous page.
(a) Find the cost of typesetting the third page of a book. [2]
(b) Write down a formula for the cost to typeset the nth page. For what values of n can the formula
be used? [3]
(c) However, the cost decreases until the minimum cost of $16 is reached. Thereafter, the cost will
be $16 per page. Which is the first page that will cost $16 to typeset? [3]

After touring France, Nancy went to a bank to exchange currency for touring Italy. The bank first
calculated its commission at the rate of 1.5%. The balance was then exchanged into the Italian
currency at the exchange rate of 280 lire per franc.
(i) How much Italian currency did Nancy receive for 5 400 francs after allowing for commission?
Give your answer correct to the nearest lire. [3]
(ii) Nancy’s brother also wanted to have some Italian currency. How much French currency
inclusive of commission, would it cost him to buy 1.2 million lire? [2]

235
Assessment Paper Set C

(b) The figure shows the side view of a cake made

from three circular tiers, each of height 5 cm. The
diameters of the tiers are 10 cm, 16 cm and 20 cm. | |
Calculate
(i) the total surface area of the cake (excluding its |
base), [3]
(ii) its volume. [1]
Leave your answers in terms of 7.

(a) A small book, excluding the cover, measures 10.8 cm by 7.4 cm by 1.6 cm.
(i) If the thickness of each sheet of paper is 4.1 x 10” mm, estimate the number of pages of the
book. oe e [2]
(ii) If each cubic centimetre of paper weighs 8.5 g, estimate the mass of the book, excluding the
cover, correct to the nearest gram. [1]
(b) (i) Expand (a+a'y. [1]
(ii) Show that (a+ a')\(at+ta'y =a+a’ +3(a+a). [2]

(iii) If a= >:find the exact value of (a+ a") — a? — a>. [3]

Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of plain paper.

ABCD is a square of side 5 cm. A triangle ACP is drawn on the same side as D such that its area is
the same as the area of the square.
(a) Describe, with the aid of an accurate diagram, the possible positions of P. [3]
(b) If P, is a special position of P such that ACP, is an isosceles triangle, find the sides of this
triangle. [2]
(c) If P, is another special position of P such that BAP, is a straight line, find
(i) the length of AP, [1]
(ii) the length of CP,

(iii) ACP. [2]

In the diagram (not drawn to scale), a = b and c =e.

(a) What sort of quadrilateral is SPOR? Give reason(s)
to support your answer. [2]
(b) Write down an equation relating b and d. [1]
(c) Express PR in terms of a and c. [1]
>

(d) Express OS in terms of ¢ and d. [1]

Q
~ 3 ~ 3
(ec) ait. OP. = ee andiGs = (3) express as a column vector,

: >
(i) OQ, [1]
Aa xe
(iil) OR. [2]

(f) Write down the value of |OR. [1]

 Assessment Paper Set C

Section B (48 marks)

Answer four questions in this section.

7. (a) The regular hexagon ABCDEF is inscribed in a circle of A B

centre O. AB is extended to P so that AB = BP. Describe \
a rotation that will map triangle OBP onto triangle BCD.
[4] F \C

(=e |)

(b) D 8 cm ‘6,

18 cm

ABCD is a trapezium. AB = 18 cm, DC = 8 cm, AD = BC and the circle touches all the sides of
the trapezium.
(i) Write down the length of BC. [2]
(ii) Calculate the height of the trapezium. [3]
(iii) Calculate the total area of the shaded regions on the diagram. Give your answer correct to
the nearest square centimetres. [3]

8. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The table shows the IQ of 120 students.

“1g < 95 = 100 =105 =110 S115 < 10 |<125 |<130

No. of students 0 6 | 21 | oe 85 105 | 17 | 120

(a) Draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve for these results, using the following scales.
On the horizontal axis, draw, taking 2 cm to represent 5 units, in the range 95 to 130. On the
vertical axis, draw, taking 2 cm to represent 20 students, in the range 0 to 120. [4]
(b) Use your diagram to estimate
(i) the median IQ of these students, [1]
(ii) the interquartile range. [2]

237
Assessment Paper Set C

(c) The table below gives the information in a different form.

95. <x = 105 |105.<x< 110 Lior

Ss 11S) DLS ae rSI20 aie
x= 130

No. of 4 38 % a Ss
students

Find the value of a. [1]

(d) Write down the modal class. aa [1]
(e) If the height of the class 95 <x = 105 ona histogram is 2.7 cm, find the height of the modal class.
[1]
(f) Given that only two of the students were named Mary, what is the probability that both Marys
had IQ greater than 120? [2]

9. (a) North

Q
72m

ms 115m R

A surveyor wants to estimate the distance QR which passes through a swamp. The bearing of Q
from P is 075° and R is due east of P. PO = 72 m and PR = 115 m. Calculate
(i) the length of OR, 4]
SS

(ii) the bearing of Q from R. [3]

(b) arc lamp C)

hele
10m A G

Not drawn to scale

The diagram shows a man AB of height 1.8 m standing 10 m due east of an arc lamp. His shadow,
AG, iS235 m long.
(i) Calculate the height of the lamp. [1]
(ii) The man now walks 20 m due south. Find the length of his shadow now. [4]

238
 Assessment Paper Set C

10. Answer the whole of this question on a sheet of graph paper.

The diagram shows the side view of the inside of a bottle. The capacity, V cm’, of the bottle is given
by

Va Viv. Vi
where V, cm’ is the volume of a hemisphere of radius x cm, V, cm’ is the volume of a cylinder of radius
x cm and height 1.5 cm, and V, cm’ is the volume of a cylinder of radius | cm and height (x + 1.5) cm.
(a) Ali wants to design the bottle so that V, = V, + V,. Show that 4x° — 9x° = 6x + 9.
|Volume of sphere = Snr volume of cylinder = ni [3]

(b) The table shows some corresponding values correct to the nearest integer, of x and y, which are
connected by the equation y = 4x° — 9x’.

y | |6 13 22 | 33 a 61 79 |

Calculate the value of a, giving your answer correct to the nearest integer. [1]
(c) Taking 2 cm to represent 0.2 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to represent 10 units on the y-axis, draw
the graph of y= 4x° — 9x° for 2.3 < x < 3.7. [4]

(d) By drawing a suitable straight line graph in the range 2.3 < x < 3.7 on the same axes, solve the
equation 4x° — 9x° = 6x + 9. [2]

(e) With the value of x obtained in part (d), calculate the capacity, in cubic centimetres, of the bottle.
(Take 2 = 3.142.) [2]

239
Assessment Paper Set C

11. Mary used some small cubes to make a series of ‘staircases’ as shown.

Ist 2nd

She recorded her observations in the table below.

Number of Number of RRM ore Number of

Siaircas cubes in the cubes in the fees cubes used in
es highest tier lowest tier a staircase
(1) (L) (T) (S)

2 2 3

6 3 12

12 4 30

b Ge d
a.

(a) Consider the 4th ‘staircase’ and write down the numbers represented by a, b, c and d in the table.

(b) Study the number patterns in the table and then write down
(i) an equation connecting H, L and T,
(ii) an equation connecting H, L, T and S.
(c) Given that H = 100 and T= 101, calculate, using your formulae, or otherwise,
(i) the value of L, [1]
(ii) the value of S. [1]
(d) Give a simple reason why the number 217 could not appear in the L column of the table. [1]
(e) Find an expression in n for the number of cubes used in the nth staircase, and factorise your
answer completely. : [3]

240
 ANSWERS |
Chapter 5 S04) 8. © ©: Ge (b) 16
® e@ . ®

Exercise 5.1A (p. 3) oo 8 ae 8

(c) 112
1. (a) 57.07 (b) 401 ~—s (e) 0.972 (a). 29.04 31. (a) 13 (b) 216
l 11 2 3 I
2. (a) 8. (b) as (c) aoe (d) re 32. (a) -32 (b) a5.
| B30 ali
3. (a) oe (b) 0.145 34, (a) al (b) IA

Be 35. (a) 16,-11 (b) 9, 20

4. (a) 37.5 (by. c=
38
5. (a) 9 400g (b) 0.71
6. (a) 3 000 Exercise 5.1B (p. 70)
(b) (i) 0.035 (ii) 0.03
7. (a) —0.803, 0.027, 0.207 1. (a) 600 mg (b) 7 carats
5 » 3 Pde SIL SVC
(b) 6? (0.9), et 0.745 3. 21-20

8. (a) 27972 (b) 9324 (ec) 9.99 (d) 1998 4. (a) 18x 10'"m (b) 6x 10's
3 5. (a) 15 km/h (b) 12 km/h
Bay) #2 (b) 25 (cyl (D> 3e (c) 18 km/h
10. (a) 82 h). 216. © 25. '@ 6a) 2 (b) :
11. (a) 0.1225 | y)
; " (©) 37~% (d) tub B, 3 1, 66 = %
(b) (i) 130 (ii) — % :
3 7. 96 km/h
12. (a) 8 (b) 16 8. (a) $240 000 (b) $1 944
§3. (a) 75 (b) 0.09 (c) $526 560
14. (a) 380 000 000 (b) 0.000 040 9. (a) $579.50 (b) $697.20
£Se (a)"311h.10" (b) 5.0 x 10° 10. (a) 72 (b) 81.9%
16. (a) 1.3.x 107 (b) G3 10" 11. $16 000
‘© 19K (d) £728 < 10 12. (a) $20 (b) $30 (c) 1.2% profit
17. (a) 1.5 x 10° (b) 500 13.-1.86 x 10°7
18. 320 14. 60
19. (a) 3.2x 10° (b) 4.2 m 15. $903
20. (a) -30 cm (b) 10 cm (ce) 65cm 16. Robert, $333.30
A day Ae (b) 12°C 17. Buy-N-Save, $28.90
22. (a) (i) 320 . (ii) 0.030 (b) 10 18
23. (a) 30 (b) 20 (c) 0.02 18. (a) a (b) 52%
(d) 0.3 19. 5 min
24. (a) x, + (b) -,+ Ca 20. (a) $65 725 (b) $6 291
25. (a) Ge J,.0e W4 21. (a) $1320 (b) $1 387.10
22s 6rh
Cea -=, 0, 3.2, v1.44, V4 23. (a) Flour: 110 g, Butter: 60 g, Sugar: 210 g
(b) irrational (b) 6
26. (a) @) 2,43 24. (a) 6.5 ml (b) 6 years old
(ii) 1, 121 (c) 24 years old, No
(b) (16 + 8-2)
27. (a) 64
x G-5x3)(b) 26
eR
Mae Yes.
aoe (b) Had the money been shared
4 years ago, Mary

28. (a) 84 (b) 15 Would tiny erecetved 617 006 a $0000

29. (a) 21 (b) 81 10

241
Answers

26. (a) $7 795.00; the correct amount is $7 775.00 16. (a) (8y + 9z)(2y — 3z)
(b) $7 555 (c) No (b) (4a + 15b)(3a — b)
21.. tay Yes (b) $1 300 (c) («+ 1-1)
(d) x(x + 3)
28. (a) - inch (b) 9
3 ]
lige (a) ka 7 (b) x= = 1|4 —7
9 5
(c) 16 (d) 16
] 3
(c) a (=>
(e) smaller by 0.062 5 mm
29. (a) $6 030 (b) $16 500 ‘ ) 1 3
18. (a) 15 (b) -2 a (c) ae
(c) 34.12% (d) $22 536
30. (a) $560 (b) $8 400
(c) $680 (d) $79 200 19. @a (b) 112 (c) £>
31. (a) 15/ (b) 14 00 and 15 00
20. (a) 720 (b) 20 (ce), 6
(c) 780 km
21. k=3,p=6, g= 1.25
Si, Hho 3)
22. (a) 90 (b) —96
2, 18 11 PM
23. (a) 9 (b) Ti (c) i (d) oo

Exercise 5.2A (p. 20) 5) 1 4

24. (a) “5 (b) ae (c) 4.85 (d) 5

ile (ENy 27 (b) 20 (c) 38 (d) 25. (a) x=1,y=-2 Oe ve

10
1 |
(b) (c) ws. (d) —l 738
26. (a) x=2,y=-3 (b) x= sy =2
49
. (a) (c) 0 (d) jee
27. (a) x= 5y=7 (b) x=4,
y= —
. (a) (c) —0.42 (d) —1.17
28. (a) 0,3 (b) 3, -5
(b) 2x 10°
(c) (d) 521-102 (c) 0,2 Cee
|
(c) 3 35 (d) ae
oe
29. (Ay) 3 5 5 (b) :
x 5
=

]
. (a) (c) 16 (d) ye 3 3 ee
(c) 2 (d) oa 3

. (a) (c) —2ab’ (d) ab 4 19

30. (a) se (b) et
16xy°
- (a) I ee
Ly oy (c) -l, =5 (d) ale5
28 — 33x
(c) (d) Pere Bye |
St.
(a) 2x + 3
(b) llx + 1
10. (a)
(opt wal (Ga e—= 1) b) @ - (ii) 1
qr — pr + 2pq
(c) (d) (a) 8(x + 3)
pqr 32.
(2x — 3)\(2x + 9)
11. (a) 6b(2ab + 3c’) (b) 3a(a + 2b + 3)
(c) 4b(a — 3c + 2ac) (d) 3(b — 1)(a + 2) (b) (i) -3 ti) 2 a
12. (a) 14
(a — 3b)(4c + 1) (b) (p — 6)(q - 2)
(a) 256 — I
(c) 3(2%,— ly = 22) (d) (z + 2)(x + 2y + z) 33.
13. (a) 8ee——)) (b) 3 (y= 2G) x(x + 1)
(c)
14. (a)
Posse Geib)
3(4 + x)(4 — x)
(d)
(b)
2(2x + 1)(2x — 1)
3(x + 2y)(x — 2y)
(b) = (ii) 1,2
(c) 2(x + 2)(x — 2) (d) 12x(x — 1) . (a) —45, 36 (b) 9
15. (a) 23a — 4)(a — 3) (b) 3(x — 1)(x + 6)
(c) —2(x + 2)(x — 5) (d) 30x = 3)"
(c) 22=,-18 (d) 4,9

242
 Answers

33) (a) 2, —22 (b) oe | 4

56. (a) 5 (b) 7 (c) * (d) a
5) Sis OMT)
(c) 67D (a) ee,
58. (a) 7 (b) 3
59. (ay te38iy=
36. ()) SSS (i) eae (b), = 11, y 10: sees 25 yipees8
3
8 Wei al Ty — 2
(Cex 5 aS.
(d) x ;
i 60. (a) = (b) 5

aL (a) - =<) (b) ae SS tal

Exercise 5.2B (p. 33)
; l
(c) i KK a (ye ee
5 8) 1. (a) (i) 3.6 10° (ii) 1.2 x 10°
(iii) 3 x 10’
38. (oder xs S15 (b) : et (b) 170 kg
15
Qoutay 2 10° kg (bps oy
(c) -18<x<-13 alo = 7
(d) <S=—
Fa, (Oy 32681107 (d) 500 000
i l
a. Gy 3 (c) p Sq qd ol ; x 3 = 5 + ee
= (b) 2

40. OF Ont Meg eee

3 2 3 2
41. 4
3 1 |
i = Sh aw he a D —;
42. (a) 225 1) ee P q 4 3 i 3
Wo. 169
i | | ]
43. (a) 7 (DFG, 3), 7) Pp = =P gas
= 9, j x q
—|= - + q

|
d t
44. (a) f= al © OO. (b) R=R,(1 + at) 4. (a) 8 (b) 7.7
(c) 6cm (d) 15 cm
RR, Ss (iS!
Pa Rel R (b) (i) 5, -6 Ges 44
5 Ex 1
45. (a) 8 (b)
b) W= ee
(©) 3(a + 2b)
(b) R= 100(A — P) iH (@) V2, Sail (b) 3.34, —2.84
46. (a) $3 600
(P16 (ec) 2.58, —0:58 (d) 163.25, 36.75
Te a)y—12 4 St20
47. (a) nay
Leap :
ec) (b) u=+.J/v — 2gh (b) (i) xy(y - x) (ii) (c + 3d)(a — 2b)
(CO) ay Sal (d) 5
a — 2b 3ab
48. b) x= g b +b+ 10
a ee 6c Oy a+ be
(b — 5\(b + 3)
a+ 3bc ab(1 + c)
d es See (by Gy sai y=3 (ii) 3, —2
ke) a 3e — 1 ioe a+be
Gi) t=y— 7 (iv) x = y’ — 14y + 50
9. (a) mr(r + 2h +1) (b) 11
49. (ay V= rerh (b) Pn
hg 3 Ta — 11
Oa 5 (a — 3)(a — 1)
ab
50. (a) h= (a + <) (e) @ ptgq+t2r (ii) SOp + 100g + 500r
2g d BPs sGs = 2a)

Si. (a) c= ae
2a
(b)
b
9-a
10. (a) -2.15, 0.15 k(R? =
(yey eee b

b (c) x+y = 325, 4x + Ty = 1 900, x = 125, y = 200

Sys (a) a= —168d (d) aaa) 11. (a) Man: 6.773 MJ/day; Woman: 5.632 MJ/day
hs (a) —10
(b) 42.2 kg
(b) Gi) +119 (ii) +7 M
12. (a) L = 18+ Ps
— b) 33
(b)
54. (a) (i) 169 (ii) 49
(b) G) 25 (ii) 13 (c) 500 (diy = [ee

243
Answers

13. (a) x represents the price ($) of prawns per kg and 32. (a) a= 16, b = 48, c = 144
y represents the price ($) of fish per kg. (b) (i) g=3p (ii) r= 3g = 9p i -
(b) 0.8x + 0.65y = 19.03 te) O72 Gi).32°> (iii) 9.2”
(c) (i) $16.80 (ii) $8.60 33. (a) B= 80D = 25,.6= 15
14. (a) x and y represent the price per durian of grade A (b) J: 9, 16:5: 42, 70
and grade B respectively. (c) M=7S—T
(b) Oye 12y n

(c) @) $8 (ii) $6 (d) -{5n-+7]

15. (b) x — 20y = 200 (c) 600, 20 34. (a) 90 km (b) 70 km/h
(d) 12/1 35. $480
16. 180 cm?
17. $30
18. (b) 3.18, —2.68; 4.18 cm :
19, @) 6 Exercise 5.3A (p. 47)
(b) 9.24 : :
1. (a) yal Me me oe
(c) (ii) 4.65, -0.65
20. (a) (i) 7x-56=3x (ii) 14 (ili) 42 ONS Uae 22 1,0
(c)
(b) O22 —0.65 ae (a) 180° — 3x° (b) 60° — Loe

2A. (a) 75¢, S5¢ (b) (ii) 3.68 3

22. (a) 11 000m (b) 400 4 ize
re S000 .. 3.600 ree:
(c) (i) —— km/h (ii) cra km/h 5. 54°
(e) x = 8 or -9, 450 km/h 6. (a) 52° (b) 71° (c) 33°
ae Th VS
23. (a) s(= + 4) (b) s(s ee = | 8. (a) 15 (b) 130°
- * 9. (a) Itis because (A + B + C) must be equal to 180°.
(d) 22 (b) It is because QR* must be equal to PO* + RP’.
24. (a) (i) a + 200b = 49, a + 500b = 85 (c) It is because XY must be less than (XZ + YZ).
(ii) b= 0.12, a = 25 10. (a) 55° (b) 70° (c) 40°
(iii) $37 yay Oy Paes Ome = eas
(b) (ii) 2.16, -1.16 (which is not applicable) ee ee a Se a
DSA) oe (b) 448 Oven
3

3S X

(d) 24, 70
(e) If x = 70, the situation implies that the first
20 T-shirts were sold at $12 each, and the remaining
50 T-shirts were sold at 40 cents each. This is not
realistic.
Paes 12x — 2.4
26. (a) ; (c) 0.8 kg
5x + 12 5x + 11
27. (a) 16, 32, Of 13. Rotational symmetry of order 8
(b) @ 7-6 =13 (ii) 285 14. (a) H, W,A,E (b) N,H
(Hii) 2 SDI, w= 0. (c) 2h 15 min
28. (a) n+4 (b) 2n
() Darl (d) (n+ 1) Be t#) |
29. (a) 50 (b) 200 = (e) 2n” |
30, (a) me Comes?
= 46 |
(0) Pei = fares Il

(c) 118 (b) (i) and (ii)

(d) 334 is not a multiple of 3.
(e) 55

(f) T,= [n+1] i *

31. (a) 22 (b) 73 (ce) “@-1)+7

244
 Answers

16. (a
a “(Ce 4 Ee q@ 25
(b) (c) 9 8
Z 3. (a) 85° (Byns52y" (er 125° aye 140°
(e) 40°
4. (a) () 4m __ (ii) 127°
A (b) 6m
(Cc) male
B 5. (a) (ii) isosceles triangle (ili) 4.99 cm
17. 59° (b) (iii) They touch each other.
111° (c) 6 it
18. (a) PAK (b)
19. (a) 28° (b) 31° 6. (b) (i) 20° (ii) 120° (iii) 100°
20. (a) 90° 7. (a) 135° (b) 120° Come:
(b) (i) 72° (ii) 40° z
21. (a) 70° (b) 50° 8. (a) 150°
22. (8), 26° (b) 48° (c) 22° (b) Gi) u° + v° = 180° (ii) x° = y°
23. (a) 23° (b) 67° (c) 110° 9, (a) (i) 178 (ii) 179

24. (a) 90° (b) 34° (e) 90° (d) 56° ee I

25. (a) 90° = (b) 53°) 742s *Y:=Csi143° Es ae
26: (a). 107°. __(b).121° (b) (i) 180 (ii) circle
27. (a) 55° (b) 20° (c) 20
Z A i _ 360
28. (a) 49 (b) 98 (c) 24— CR Direc
29. 180°
— 2x° (e) square
30. (a) 28° (b) 28° = (c) 48° 10. 771°
31. (a) 26° (b) 91° 11. 24°
32. (a) 216° (b) 108° (c) 36° 12. (a) x +3,x+8 (b) 1.9 cm (c) 5.5 cm

ve pes 13. (a) x43 (b) 1 em

34. 70=° tae
35. (a) 69° (b) 48° — (ec) 42° 15. (a) 3 cm
36. (a) 2x° (b)-180°= 4x° (b) (i) 4 cm (ii) 12.4 cm
ee Ox (d) 90° + x° 16. (b) ADXA
37. (a) tangent AT | radius OA ~ ol feel nn il : 3
(b) (i) 17° (ii) 146° (iii) 73° ein sa ee WY oa eke te
38. G)i x = 90° =" (b) yy? = 900 =z 17. (a) 73.5 cm’? (b) 24 cm? (c) 49.5 cm?
(Cia 18. (c) 20 cm
39. (a) 132° = (b) 66° ~— (e) 114° (d) 24° 19. (a) (i) 60° (ii) 18°
40. (a) 90° (b) (i) 58° (ii) 32°
41. (b) 10 cm” 20. (a) 90°
42. (a) XAY = BAC, AXY = ABC (b) (i) 52° (ii) 52°
iy 3% cin 21. 114°

i
43. (b) (i)
5 ad od ee
(ii) AB
ao
; (c)
25
“
G
a- (a)
5(a aA
65°
(b) 80°
(e) 115°
(c) 65°
44. (b) (i) = (ii) 2 25, 24°
45. y° = 2x° — 180 Exercise 5.4A (p. 7/)

1. (a) (i) 18cm (ii) 20.25 cm

Exercise 5.3B (p. 60) (b) 144 cm ;
2. (a) 502.72 cm’ (b) 2 010.88 cm’
1. (a) (i) (a) 80° (b) 130° (c) 80° 3. (a) 44 cm (b) 30.8 cm’ (c) 49.2 cm
(ii) AADC 4, (a) 616 cm (b) 15 cm
(b) 5.66 cm 5. (a) (i) Ilcm (ii) 111.5cm’ (b) 33.45 cm’

245
Answers

6. 44 cm 23. (a) (i) 201 cm’ (ii) 159 cm?

7. (a) 2km (b) 1.2 km? (b) 76 mm (c) 152 mm
8. (a) 864 cm’* (b) 6cm 24. (c) (i) 105.03 mm?’ (ii) 112.59 m
9. Plate B is larger.
10. (a) 4cm
(b) (i) 19.42 cm’ (ii) 26.13 cm? Exercise 5.5A (p. 88)
ll. (a) 2m (b) 6m (c) 28m
(d) 36 m* (e) 48 m 1. (a) (i) 180° Baye
12. (a) Type B, 216 cm* (b) 12 cm, 1.5 cm (b) —0.7 8 tan 42° — 7 sin 18°
(c) 12 cm by 12 cm by 18 cm 2 (a) cm
13. (a) 200 (b) 1 280 cm’
(d) 12.8 cm by 12.5 cm by 8 cm (b) i) 2
14. (a) 9:4 (b) 13 3. (a) 2.34 cm
(c)
4
Exercise 5.4B (p. 76) 4. (a) ah dior12
3 Ad} 13
1. @) P=32iemr.0 =36.cm’, R= 24 cnr (S'= 30 cm’, 5 . (a) — (c) 246 cm?
T = 45.83 cm’
(b) 41.57 cm’ 6. 12 cm
(Oy) RSE, Oleh IF i),5 (63) pees (ec) 204°
(d) 24 cm 8 > (aye 1292
(e) They have the same perimeter. D(a) 225" (e), 105°
(f) Fora given perimeter, a circle has the greatest area. 10. (a) 063°
2. (a) 64: 125 (b) 40¢ (c) 16% TAENOS2:52
3. (a) 227 (b) 21 488 cm* 122 (a)e2A02 Q75°
4. (a) 491 cm’ (b) 78.5 cm (c) 8cm (c) @)>4233) kin 6.25 km”
5. 136 cm? 135 (a) em 15 cm
6. (a) 966 cm* (b) 500 cm* 14. (a) 29.2 cm’ 877 cm*
7. (a) 65.94cm* (b) 0.016cm (ce) 8.89 cm Sana 204. (b) (c) 193
8. 9 cm, 19.4
16. (a) — 270 cm?
9. (a) 84.8 cm* (b) 24 (c) 556 cm*
(d) Yes (e) 5.9% decrease
10. (a) 22 cm 17. (a) (i)
(b) (i) 3.5cm (ii) 9.9 cm (iii) 127 cm*
(b)
(c) 95.3%
11. (a) 603.2cm* (b) 161 18. (a) —
12. (a) (i) 44m (ii) 4m
19. (a) 5
(b) 2 158]
207.()).
13. (a) : (b) 5600cm*> (ce) 1:2 65
13
14. (a) 4631 cm’ (b) 1 kg 694¢ 21. (a) (i)
15. (b) 1.9 cm 20
16. (a) 12 cm* (b) 30 cm’ (b) 9.75 m
17. (a) 154 cm (b) 105 cm (c) 27 cm? 22. (a)
18. (a) (i) 15.000 cm’ (ii) 6 000 7
19. (b) (i) 113.1 cm’ (ii) 42.9 cm? (b) 6.5m
20. (a) 24 cm’ (b) 6 cm
(c) 10cm (d) 288 cm?
21. Ab) Gi a0 9, (ii) 18.6 m? Exercise 5.5B (p. 99)
(iii) 34.4 m?
(ey 255" (d) 16.5 1. (a) 8.06 m (b) 23.58° (c) 30.78 m
22. (a) (i) 28.28 cm’ (ii) 377.04 cm” 2. (aye 3.3) m (b) 7.36 m (ce) 827°6°
(b) 161.18 cm? 3. (a) 6.13 cm
(c) (i) 6 (ii) 3.cm (b) (i) 65.11° (ii) 8.08 cm

246
 Answers

4. (a) 6.49 m (b) 65.38° (c) 2.18m 10. a pair of parallel lines equidistant from AB
5. (a) 104.48° (b) 8cm 11. (a) acircle of radius 25 cm, centre A
6. (a) (i) equilateral triangle (b) a pair of parallel lines each 25 cm from AB
(ii) isosceles triangle (c) perpendicular bisector of AB
(b) (i) 38.9° (ii) 158.9° 12. (a) another tangent to the smaller circle parallel to AB
(c) It has line symmetry with 3 lines of symmetry and
rotational symmetry of order 3.
(d) triangular pyramid or tetrahedron ’
(e) 40.9 cm Exercise 5.6B (p. 1/4)
7. (b) 35° (c) 308°
8. (a) 141 cm, 503 cm* (b) 7.96 cm, 11.6 cm 1. (a) 4.77 m
a ie is ir ‘3 a nee * (c) quadrant of a circle, centre O, radius - m
i) 109m ii) 2.31 m 2)
10. (c)
(c) 780.2 m* 2. The locus is the perp
perpendicular bisector of AD.
11. 309 m 3. (a) 5.39 cm
12. (a) 3.59 m (b) 16 cm, 24 cm 4. (a) 12.7 cm (c) 8.8 cm
13. (a) 5.50m (b) 59.5° (c) 5.99m 5. (a) (ii) 142°
: 12 Gf 16 8. (a) (i) 60° (ii) 17.3 cm
BS @), ©). 0923 or B (ii) 0.246 or 65 (b) The locus is the are DB with centre F and radius
(b) 112.5 cm ED,
15. (a) 53.4m (b) 43.8 m 9. (b) (ii) 5.1m
16. (b) 517.3 mW 10.-(c) AX = 10.77 cm, BX = 4.47 cm
17. (b) 12.4m 125: i220) oa
18. (a) 14.87cm _(b) 141° (c) 39.31° ee Cae A) .
19. (a) 34.23° (b) (iii) the part of AB inside the circle on the scale
(b) (i) 128.06m (ii) 20.57° diagram
(c) (i) 215.41 m (ii) 12.06° 14. (b) a circular arc
20. (a) 14.5 cm 15. (b) Yes
(b) (i) 16.8 cm (ii) 30.8°
ce Allien
21. (a) 4.6m, 13.2 m (b) i922? Exercise 5.7A (p. 121)
(ec) 27.9m
22--(a) 22.02° (b) 100.62cm (ce) 41.41° Te ota (byrne (i) os

23. (a) a cm (De 378 2. a—-b-c¢

Dy f J Ac
24. (a) (i) 12cm’ (ii) 106.3° (iii) 2.667 cm? 3. (a) (i) c= au (ii) a= a
(b) x=q+t+r-—p ma
25. (a) 8.94m (b) 27.47° 4. (a) AE (b) BA
26. (b) (i) 26.5 m (ii) 69.8 m? 5. (a) 2q (b) p+q
ifs. (CN MG saaten (b) 214 mm 3 q elas i
28. (a) 14m (b) lim () p-q Oi
29. (b) Gi) 1 cm represents 100 m 62 CO IO) aD)
(c) (i) 204m (ii) 180° or due south 5 a 0
30. 19.7 cm 7. (a) (5) (b) is KOE ee
“3 >
9. (a) AR
At
(b) AC (ce) AC
Exercise 5.6A (p. 1/0)
(d) CA (e) —2b
3. (a) (i) 70° (GiS30° yh
6. (a) circular area of radius 5 m (b) 6m 10. (a) (|
9. (a) (i) acircular region of radius k cm, centre A
(ii) perpendicular bisector of AB i Gepey 2q +p
(b) The part of the perpendicular bisector of AB 3
which is a chord of a circle, with centre A and 12. (b) -3p-q
radius k cm. 13. (a) b-a

247
Answers

it
16. ACEH = adeee ave s(b+e+d)
17. (a) (i) p (ii) 2p +q
(iii) 2p — q
(b) (i) 22p-q)
5 q
Gy 2+ 35
.
(ili) r +
P| 2d
5
Exercise 5.7B (p. 128)
(c) OXN is a straight line.
2a) =a yay Te) Sa (a, 3 1
abs 34
2 a
(ii) 3
ub a
18. (a) (i)
3. (a) 6 units
, —2 a i: a ee (ii) <b Gy) aee
(b) @ (-7 (ii) (3) (iii) (3)
A . b AAG 5
4. (a) 030° (v) ao —b) (vi) ae + ae
(b) Gi) 8 km (ii) 210° (b) O, E and F lie on a straight line.
(c) (i) 090° (iii) 4 km
5. (a) (i) —4a—- 3b (ii) 2a + 2b 19) ec) bab (ii) ~(a—b)
(b) —6
ae. : 3a b
6. (a) 20 (b) 10 (c) 4 (ili) rah (iv) 7 - "i
Ip (Eh) US ORS ya 33

§. 46) Pa (b) 5(¢-a): 29.2° (v) = + la

Si 9
(b) CD is parallel to OE.
9. (a) (i) b-a (ii) =(b-a) : peel ayes 1
205 (a) 3G) Dae (Ch) ze-a (iii) got ig
ae nee
(iii) 58 + b) (iv) ri —b
3) f= 2
(b) (i) () (ii) V5 (iii) el
| 2,
(b) gag 3»
+m= 8; 3l +m = 2, t= 3,m=-3
21. (a) acircle, centre A and radius |a’ units
(c) BP = =BN, BNP is a straight line.
(hee=> aoe =,
2
EF = <a+ <b
10. (a) circle of radius b, centre A
(b) circle of radius b, centre O = =>
22. (bt) OM =r+
2p, OS =2r+p
11. (a) (i) | (ii) Gy
Exercise 5.8A (p. 137)
@) @ ABP= CBP " Gi) BCP = DCP l
1. (a) -- (b) (8, —2)
(c) al (d) They will coincide. (c) 10 units

(e) Yes; rhombus 2. (a) y=-2x +6 (c) (2, 2)

3 M
12. (a) 20q — 20p (b) 4q —4p
3. (a) = (b) y= —x+6
(c) l6p + 4q (d) 20p + 5q
OXY is a straight line. (c) 24 sq. units (d) 4.8 units
13. (a) (i) (-l, 3) (li) p=2,q=3 4
deh ae3 (hi See dee
14, Ab G12b— 128) PO =4b—4a, “BP'=4a- vp. 3

Aheeo4 (ab OR =Gaesb (c) 10 units (d) [-15. 10]

2
AR 2-3 OR, °. ORA is a straight line. 3: (a) y=6 (b) y=2x+ 16
(c) (—5, 6) (d) 25 sq. units
15. (a) =a 2
(b) $(a+b)
|
(©) 2b
6. (a) (29 units (b) (7, —6)
(d)
1
—b-—a_
|
(e)
] 3
—-—a+ —b: XY: YZ=1:3 (c)a2y+ Bre 23
2; 6 2 y) 7. y=2x+5, y=-2x-6

248
 Answers

3
3. (ay y= ax+25 (b) y = 2x LT. (ayes. (ec) 22
oe (d) (i) 4 (ii) -0.7, 4.2
(c) y=-2x+ 19 (d) (4, 2) 18. (a) 7.5 (c) 0.7, 3.5
9. (a) (6, 6) (b) +22 eee
(e) (ii) 0.54, 5.4 (iii) Sx +35 = 24+ 2
(c) y= —x+3 ig
2 19. (a) —2 (b) A(0.6, 0.4), B(-0.6, —0.4)
10. (a) y=-2x4+5 (b) 4 (c) C(O, 0)
11. (a) (-5, 0) (b)-(5, 5) (c) 55 Sits 21. (a) metres (b) 440m

12. (3, 5) 22. ‘ (a) 210m

2 (b) 5.58 c) 23—| m/
13. (a) A(-1, 0), B(3, 0), C(O, 3) (b) x-1=0 ae ae
(c) He substitutes x = 1 into y = (1 + x)(3 — x). 23. (a) A(0, -9) (b) Bi, -9)
14. (a) 3.6, 1.4 (b) 3 (c) @) x-2=0 (ii) (2, -13)
(d) (i) 1 668 (ii) 43, -39
15. (b) — 1
py) 24. (a) when y= —,x= V8
16. (c) h=0or3 D
17. (a) 8.4m/s — (b) 4.6 m/s>—(c)-_- 2.0 mis (hy 5 257, Sts hens eeetieros
19. (b) 6 (cy 2 5)
(c) y+ x-3=0
25. (a) 10 km from P
(b) (i) 15 km/h (ii) 60 km/h
t (c) (i) 4.6 km/h (ii) 09 18
Exercise 5.8B (p. /48) (iii) 7.8 km

a (h) 1m 26; (a) Ga 4 eh (ii) 2= ean

2. (a) 15 m/s (b) = m/s’ (c) 35 (b) (i) 92 km/h (ii) 0.4 km
1 9

3. 35 (c) 07 36
4. (a) 1800m = (b) 4950m ~~ (c) Sonis?
4 Exercise 5.9A (p. 160)
})
5. (a) 7s (b) 16—= m/s’ (ec) ane
3 3 3. (a2) y=-x+2 (b) y=-%-2 (Cc) y=-—%
Beh 4. (a) 3 (bye=4
6. (a) — m/s
4 feb) 900 Bie ©) 100 : Se (ay (aD) (b) (8, 2) (c) (4, -10)
(d) 54 km/h 6. (a) (0, -3) (by C6, =1) (c) (9, 2)
7. 22740 7. (a) 6 (b) h=4,k=-9
’ 8. 4x-y=6 (b) 2x-S5y=3
(a) 3.85,0.65 (b) 27s (Oise a i wee | a
8. (b) x = 3.3, -0.3 ae [4 a |seas [455 55) ms OS 35)
9. (a) A = 15(2x + d+ 15) cm? (b) d=9-2x
(x= 1506 (e) 1705.5 cm’ a1
10. (a) 1005 to 11 11 (b) 35 km to 75 km ne G 25), T= 2
11. (a) 83 (c) 6.6, 1.4 (d) 0.64 2 ie
12."(a). (i)? —6 (ii) 3.6, -1.1 2
(b) 3 (c) 4.75, =—0.75 10. Rotation of 180° about the midpoint of AA’
BS (i). 2S (C)mAvsl oy 11. (a) Reflection in the x-axis
(d)e3 543 (e)@y5) (b) Rotation of 180° about (1, 0)
14. rotational symmetry, P = (1.75, 2.8), x < —0.75, PGs 9), (e767)
lex < 275 16. T’E(P)
159, (a) 54 3.38.125022 5.25; I O!S3. M(C)o—1.25 17. (a) ©4,=2) (b) (3, 4)
(2k 208+ s=0 (c) y=0 (d) x =x-3y,y =y
16. (a) 0.3, 1, 3, 81 (c) y 0 18. (a) 6cm° (b) 18 cm? (c) 32cm’
(d) (i) 3.7 (ii) 2.75 19. 12cm’
(e) 9.9 20. (a) (i) E (ii) 90° (b) BE

249
Answers

. (a) Os k= 5-7 (Oey) (iii) (25, 0)

21. (a) ABN = 26.6°
(b) (5, 10)
(b) V is an anticlockwise rotation of 90° about N.
W is an enlargement about N, scale factor 2. (c) (i) 4p —2g = 10, 4g + 2p = 20
(ii) p=4,g=3
22. (a) A reflection in the line DC
(iv) (20, 15)
(b) An anticlockwise rotation of 150° about D
23. A reflection in the line AB, shear along BA 5
. (a) 4
24. (a) 2
(b) (i) 90°
(b) (i) 2 (ii) “e (ii) (—3, 4)
(c) (i) y=-x @) Gy) Gili) (7, -2)
(c) 72 (d) (8, 4)
25. (a) (i) B (ii) A . (a) GKRQ is a parallelogram. (b) 3
(b) AABY (c) AGHX, AGPQ (d) 2
26. (a) G3, -5) (b) (ii) y=-2x+4 ]
(e) 9 \
6 3 5
27. . (a) (DP 7) (ii) AOCN: 6 sq. units,

‘ 2 (iii) 24 sq. units AOBM: 31 = sq. units,

28. (a) A translation of ()
ACBL: = sq. units
(b) @ y=0 (ii) 2 (iii) P= e 27]
(b) A rotation of 180° about the midpoint of PR
29. (a) A reflection in the x-axis . (a) A shear along the x-axis with y = 0 as the invariant
(c) parallelogram line
31. (a) A clockwise rotation of 90° about O (b) 2
(b) (i) (-x, -y) (ii) (x, y) (c) (i) 1
(ili) (y, — x) (ii) no change
(d) An anticlockwise rotation of 90° about O
(e) (2x — y, x)
(f) GQ. x Sy, y ==x
Exercise 5.9B (p. 170) (ii) A clockwise rotation of 90° about O

2(
10. (a) An anticlockwise rotation of 90° about (—1, 0)

1. (b)
()
(b) (i) (7, 2) (ii) (—x, y) (c) k = 3, B,(2, 8)
(c) (—4, -7) 11. (d) An enlargement about (1, —1) and scale factor —2
(d) A reflection in the line y = —x
l
. (a) A reflection in the line AN 12. (b) (i)
1) (G0, 5) ii) —ri
(ii)
(b) A rotation of 180° about the midpoint of AC
aie

0 (3
(c) Reflect AANX about XN, A lies on DC (d)
2
(e) (ii) A stretch along the x-axis with x = 0 as the
invariant line
(b) (i) y=-« (ii) y=-—x-—5 (f) (ii) A shear along the y-axis
- (a) (iv) A reflection in the line y = —x
(c) (i) 4 =| (ii) —2 (b) (i) rectangle
(ii) equal
eneslll
(iii) A (iii) x =x—-y, y=y
14. (b) An anticlockwise rotation of 90° about (—2, 1)
. ‘ 3 (c) (ii) A reflection in the x-axis
(d) A shear along x-axis, shear factor = and y = 0 as -
(d) (i) A shear along the y-axis with x = 0 as the
the invariant line, shear factors of 2. invariant line, shear factor of 2
. (a) Pisarotation of 180° about O, Q is an anticlockwise (i) 2° = xy =a Ox
rotation of 90° about O. 15, (b) (ii) 4 (c) y=-x (d) (y, =x)
(b) (y, —*) (e) A stretch with factor -3 along the x-axis with
(c) Invariant point is (0, 0) in both QP and PQ. x = 0 as the invariant line

250
 Answers

16. \c) CQ e ait

3 vie c Exercise 5.10A (p. /83)
(d) (i) A clockwise rotation of 90° about O
(ii) A shear along the x-axis with y = 0.as the 3
invariant line and scale factor —1 Looky ri kg, 730 g, 0.5 kg, 70 g; 730 g
ie (b) An enlargement about O, scale factor 3 2. (a) =22C (b) =1°C
(e) A reflection in the line y = —x 3. (a) 195 (b) 19
18. (b) (ii) P is an enlargement about O, scale factor —2, 4. 76 kg
=), Sh Mi SN NAO) oe Sse
(d) An enlargement about (—2, —-1), scale factor —2
6. (a) 268 (b) 115% (@ 715%
(e) A translation of ea he,
8. (a) 2 (b) 11 (c) 1.9
19. (a) 9. (a) (i) 45 (ii) 35% (b) 36

o(3
(b) LOVASSO AB 1202) G21602
11. (a) 60% (b) 500
12. Rent: 126°, $630; Food: 160°, $800; Miscellaneous:
(d) (6, 2) 74°, $370
13. (a) 7 (b) 8 (c) 7.8
(f) y=-x-5
21. (ey) AGS, S10), EG, SECs S10) 14. (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 4.3
(b) Reflection in the line OB where O is the origin 15. bh
22. (a) A’(1, -2.4), B’(5.8, —0.4) 36
(c) (i) 2.6 16. 5
(ii) 67.4° 17. (a) Possible choice of stamps: three 10 cent stamps,
23. D2, 2), E(2, 4), F(O, 2), 4 sq. units two 10 cent stamps and two 5 cent stamps,
24. (a) (i) (©, 9) six 5 cent stamps
(ii) (14, 8) e i Nee
(b) (i) q (ii) 5
(iii) 2g +h+3=0,-¢+h+9=0, g=2,h=-7
(b) x 9
18. (b) ae
PAS oye OG

19. 3 8 {Shy galt n| Shoal) Pe |) B33" :

26. (2, —1), 2y + x = 0, A,(1, -1), A,C1, 1), A,G1, D, 6 |) cae a Oe eo”
A,(1, al)
Zs (a) A’(-9, -3), B’(—6, -12), C’(3, 15) . 1 3
(b) An enlargement with centre at (0, 0) and factor —3 20. (a) —5 (b)
b) —; (c) —i
(c) An enlargement with centre at (0, 0) and factor
1 | Ly
i ope bore | Mile (a) _5 (b)
b (i) —Zi (ii)
ii) —a
aie x= SF Ye apr
| ] 3 An 2
Pe, ((E)) alae 1,0 (b) (i) (ii) G
(d) (i) P is a rotation of 180°, centre at (0.0) and Q
is an enlargement with centre at (0, 0) and 4 8
factor 3. 23. (a) m (b) os (c) 35
(ii) P (or Q) is a stretch parallel to the x-axis,
i 3
with x = 0 as an invariant line and factor 24.4. (a) a; (b)
b) =
—3 and Q(or P) is a stretch parallel to the
81
sly fa) 9
mee ee 9 \'
y-axis with y = 0 as an invariant line and factor
28) 100 (i) 50 o (=)
—3.
Y
(iii) P (or Q) is an enlargement with centre at (0, 0) 26. —
5)
and factor 3, and Q(or P) is an enlargement
with centre at (0, 0) and factor —1. Te)
AE) (ME,10 Sathine5
29. (a) AjC10, 5), BG, 10), C5, 15)
(b) “A.(10, 5), B,G6,-10), C5315) i 4 3
(d) 127°, clockwise
(e) @) A,(2, -11), B,-11, -2), C,C13, 9) ees 3 we 21
aL bye7
29. (a) (i) (ii) Fi (b) a
(iii) Rotation of 127° anticlockwise about (0, 0)

251
Answers

77 1
Z
30. (a) 32) (b) wee]
06 (c) 315

3 ee i A
31. (a) 2.5 cm® (b) (i) a (ii) 75

3 4 |
OZ, (a) =5 b) —js
(b) c)
(c) =;

1
33. (a) 6 (b) a

34. (a) 0.44 (b) 0.08

35. (a) Paper 1: 66, Paper 2: 40
(b) Paper 1: 32, Paper 2: 24
(c) Paper2
] 1 I
36. (a) = b) =5
(b) (c) -5 (b) (i)
DD ee
37. (a) 30 (b) 2.5 (c) =

6 5)
38. : (a) =ms (b)
b) 12 (c) as
—- 11. (a) 3,4

12. (a)

Exercise 5.10B (p. /94)

(a) 72 (b) 30%

(c) 20% Spinner Y
2. (a) 30
3. (a) 85 (b) 36.5 km/h
9
(c) 11 d) —iS
(d)
4. (a) Raw material production: 25%,
industry: 40%, Service industry: 20%, Unemployed:
Manufacturing
b) @ 5
15% (CONG 7
(c) Modal class: Manufacturing industry
(d) Raw material production: 90°, Manufacturing @ @ =
industry: 144°, Service industry: 72°, Unemployed: 13. (a) 6,6 only (c) histogram
54°
(a)
5. (a) i) 35<x<40 i) =
14. (a) (i) O (iii) 2.4
(c) (i) 3.3 kg (ii) 3.8, 2.8, 1.0
6. (a) 754 <m< 756 (b) i) = aD
ai
3
5
(b) m < 754, 90; m < 756, 158; m < 758, 194
(d) (i) 754.2¢ (ii) 3g 18. (a) (i) —
(e) 13%
(b) (i) 5 3 (iii) 3.4
7. (a) 730, 912, 966, 1 000
16. (a) 3 42
(c) (i) 13.2 years (ii) 1.7 years
(iii) 150 d) (i 2 ]
(d) (i) -
8. (b) (i) 38.5 cm (ii) 48 cm 9
4 =
(iii) 70 (iv) 22% 17. (b) 70.5
(ec) G)* p = 46, g='73,. n= 63,8 = 42
(c)
27 (d) Pre
(ii) 40 <x =< 50 (@) a= 24 bia 2 Scr (f) 4.8
9. (b) (i) 70 (li) 162 cm 18. (a) 60, 180, 270, 350, 460
(ili) 168 cm (c) (i) 154 cm (ii) 146 cm (iii) 16 cm
(Oia = 134 ee 8
(d — (i) 295 (ii) 0.41 ill
(d) (i) Ilcm (ii) 5.2 cm Oe 2 495

252
 Answers

19. (a) Aue a9) 4. (a) 16 (b) 3°C

5. (a) 8 (b) No, not even
(c) (42h. Gi), 2 5h (ies 6. (a) 08 55
20
3 3 (b) Gi) 160 km (ii) 86.67 km/h
(e) i tee 7. (a) 19 (b) 3n+ 1
22 6) 3 160
20. (a) 3 (c) 42 marks i |
8. (a) ac (b) i
ic bea”? Peat lal
(d) (i) a (ii) 9 9. A translation followed by a reflection
10. (a) 20m (b) 1 200 cm?
: | aan |
(e) (i) e (il) ae 11. (a) 144 cm’ (b) 44%
21.
(a) 42, 160, 404, 510, 550
90
12. (a) 40 mm
13. ¥=3yy = 1
(b) 5.7 mm

14. (a) (x+y, -) (b) (3, 0) or any (k, 0)

(d) (i) 3.55 km (ii) 1.2 km
15. (a) 0.24 (b) (p+ qg(4r-1f)
»)
(e) (i) = (ii) 5 (c) 8th November
16. (a) 6a+ 8b (b) 10
pl. is (iy (b) 90 (c) 101
5 590 18. (a) (i) 6400 (ii) 6 395 841 (b) 120 cm’
3 19. (a) 130m (b) 6.5 m/s
22. 6, a (ly) the SiyseSls. pS ae
20. (a) (5, 0) (b) (0, —12) (c) 13
; 1 MONTE UB (d) 30
23.
® 1 000 (a) 1000" 20 21. (a) %
1
(b)
3
5 (c)
3
10
£7 0)
549 | 3 22. (a) 72 cm’ (b) 8640cm* (ce) 4464 cm’
24. 9° 30 (a) 64 (b) 80 23. (a) R°-=49+r (b) 14cm

25. a
1
(b)
3
ai (c) 8
7 JS Paicif gee
36) = 25)
ey SMa cow (c) a= 00
3 i)
26. rs Sy b pane
10 My 10
27. #2 15,0 S IO eS
Paper 2 (p. 216)
A member whose age is 19 years 11 months
and 30 days would be included in the interval
104019".
il: (a) = Ss — > (b) AE’ = DF’
The bars of the histogram should have the right (c) x= 3.6, ABC = 53.1°
hand ends at 19.5, 24.5, 29.5, 34.5, 39.5 and so on. 2. (a) 25.39 km, 052.68°

28. (i) “ (ii) 1 (b) at > a Ne Prachiviesttinst:

3 DS)
9 25, (A) ea a,4
25 (D) RG)is tay (iv) pa=nOmoae 2
4. (a) 8.2cm (b) 3h (c) D=1.2+ 1.4t
29. (a) (i) Gi 180 5. (a) 200 (b) 12% (c) 2.77 years old

oe 32 Ged7 (d) 4 to 5 (e)

47
ae
(b) (i) (ii)

6. (b) GMa = 64 he (ii) b= 36 n*

(iii) 28 (iv) 4
7. (a) (i) 36.9° (ii) 12.8 cm (iii) 25.1°
Assessment Paper Set A
(b) AB = 15 cm, BC = 30 cm
C (@) @=625, 2 = 1! (c) (G0W/S016) "5Cr4)
Paper 1 (p. 2/2)
(d) 2.32 (e) 3, 1.96
if 1 9. (a) An enlargement about D, scale factor, k = .
iL, (yy J pie
z bis Z
(b)

2. (a) 0.104, 0.041, -0.401 (b) $4 800 ‘ . Sees

followed by a translation e DAG
3. (a) $600 (b) $120

253
Answers

(b) Gi) y=-2x +7 (iii) y= 4-1 Paper 2 (p. 226)

(iv) x =x, y =y-2x
1 3 3 : 1. (a) (i) 207001 (ii) 79.8
10. (a) > (b) he tt Zoe
(b) 667 kilohertz
(c) 0 m/s? (d) 448 m (e) 16.38 m/s : 5
2. (a) (i) D Gir (iii) 37.5%
a ga b fs 3a b
11. a) @ +7 (ii) -(F + 4 (b) (i) 2 (ii) 71 (ili) 2.45 cards
3. (a) 113 kg of oat, 302 kg of rice
(b) (i) a+ 2b, 2a + (k—1)b
(b) Some, | 025.¢, (c) $9.45
(ii) 5
4. (a) (eS (ii) 26°
(iii) 7, 9
(b) (i) 14.4 cm’? (ii) 20.7 cm’
(iv) (r+ la + (2r+ 1)b
3) (a) (OME): (2,8)
(b) An anticlockwise rotation of 90° about O
(c) (y, =x)
Assessment Paper Set B
(d) An anticlockwise rotation of 90° about O followed
by an enlargement about O, scale factor, k = 4.
Paper 1 (p. 22/) 6. Sie
(b) (i) 133.97 cm* (ii) 435.41 cm?
wi (a)i ls (b) 7.41 (iii) 301.44 cm?
2;
(b) 0.4 7. (a) $960 (b) $1 320 (d) 9, 11
(a) 3
(e) x = 10, $1 960 (f) 58.3%
284 cm
8. (a) (i) 20.3° (ii) 4, TOX = 60.3°
(a) 21 (b) 0.25
SHS)
(b) (i) 240 cm? (ii) 11.2 cm
Po t0 9. (a) A = 100mcm’, B = 300m cm’, C = 5002 cm
B (b) (i) - ‘ee (o) 6264, 3-3-9
3

(a) 1 cup (b) sie cups

d et At
41 bear4 ee46
(d) (i) = (ii) a (ili) a
|
- (a) -8°C (b) -5°C (c) 25 C/h 10. (a) 5.6 (c) 1.4, 5.7 (d) 0.758
(e) 2s, 5.7 units
- (a) 9 min (b) 13 47
. (a) (i) 96m (ii) 38 m (b) 1:40 11. (a) (i) 70 (ii) 112 (iii) 14n
eee) (b) (i) 1 (ii) 11 (iii) 8
(b) 4.3 10r .4:01.«: 1074.1 xd 074 x 102
tay ahs (b) 330°
3 Assessment Paper Set C
5s G8 (b)
b n sy =P

pa" (b) 100° (ey 50” Paper 1 (p. 237)

- (a) (i) $16 000 (ii) $800 (b) 1. (a) 60 (b) 5.4
x + 1
. (b) 5 units iS)

a (a) e- (b) 6
(b) (4; =3) 3-180)
4. (a) $263 (b) $137
(c) 2y=-3x-4 (d) 89 units
3
21. (ii) 2 (ii) 2.2 6. Z=2y-x
(b) 86.4°
22. (a) Ga—-b+ c)\Qa—b—e) l
7. 1+ = 26.25 + 20.24\= 1 = ix
il 25 pees Ain
26.25 20.24
eT ee
I
|
23. (a) $160 (b) 4.3% ea x a)
24. (a) 0.28 26.25 x 20.24
=X
(b) (i) 0.32 (ii) 0.54 (iii) 0.15 i
(c) 150 25.3

254
 Answers

Sn (ae 3 (b) 27(r + 2)(r —5) Paper 2 (p. 235)

9. Ae = 8
3x +2 360
1. (a) S52 (dD) 2= === =—=2 116
10. 17.6 m/s lleskO) = Z\
(c) an equilateral triangle
11. (@) 21 (b) 56% aca) $57.60 (np) SIGO = 12AGe = ID a= Sil
(c) 20-29 (c) 38th
12. (a) 65° (b) 65° . (a) (i) 1 489 655 lire (ii) 4 350 francs
(Cy) Sa (b) (i) 3302cm? (ii) 9457 cm?
5, (6) (i) 780 (ii) 1 kg 87 g
13. (a) —2q + 2p (b) OZ =2q-p
14. (a) 80% (b) 25% (b) (CI voksremee 2) (ili) 6~
15. The circle has a bigger area.
oa) The possible positions of P form a line parallel to
ey ) GS ONO (b) 0.991
Laine kin (DD) AC and of distance 5 AD cm from AC.

2 |
(b) AC = 7.07 cm, AP, = CP, =7.91 cm
19, (a) —7: (b) _5 (c) (i) 10cm (ii) 15.8 cm (iii) 26.6°
. (a) parallelogram (b) b =-d
20. (a) x -—4y =-9, 4x — 13y = 18

o() #6)
(c) a-c (d) -c-—d
(b) Gi) 63 (ii) 18
Jie tas (b) 11 : 6 ete Ae)
(e)
1
(c) ae (d) 4
(f) 6.08 units
. (a) A rotation of 120° clockwise, centre G, where G is
169
22. (a) (V6)°, V1.44, ie the point at which the perpendicular bisector of PD
meets OP.
(perio 3? £349 2-72
= 12, (b) (i) 13cm (ii) 12cm (iii) 43 cm”
a rational number; . (b) (OD On) ess
(c) a= 20 (d) 105<x
<<110
J18 x (V3 2 =3-+2 x3v3 =9-6,
]
an irrational number (e) 7.6 cm (f) ae

23- (a) 3 (b) 2- days Pana) (ij) 49.1 m (iijm29232

(b) (i) 9m (ii) 5.59 m
9 10. (b) 46 (d) 3 (e) 113 cm’
(c) ad
7 ay
iil. (a) (et y= IO), CSS, of = Ov
DA (A) sal (b) (Q) (oS sah (ii) 2S = T(H + L)
(D) ee = 4 — 64 (c) (i) 10 100 (ii) 515 100
@Q) w=4, b=]=O Cah da) @=4,)) = (d) All values of L are even numbers.
n(n + 1)(n + 2)
(e) 4
a

255
 Sivan | .
OMine ve-ieD
Cafes: & Woh ger | 2
eS the Mere gtayt. eben toa
Sou iow "igs ieroldtyiih ll Op
u oP to ete i
BS
i Far) a
~ s eee Ot
Amonttt®
iat) teh
(hw
. ain te w
‘ht Set
4, wat
ir
wes
;
= a lee ites ede (di ad
ne
Kweni sed >
qe
™
& frasedawones
sataoecbonchinh 30ik
ee" a a e;iirs 1-3a
ets oe. |i oe
— we ih = Se Abe they VOT =) a An wid
~ 3 Ride § f
nation ot GO stm

= ith orange tellin tnd 2 >

ee 2 t-s ih) ort) La a @ aM AD
2 '73 9) «ng etalk 3 .
— .
ile oe {2 Yiu
(may st apan 8 tile :
Sas 130 =da OM |
_:

eb
7 a

cf
"7

Pr itera MEP Soa sen

we
poem war ro

iy
j = f

a ma7@7 «mae
Re > . ‘

mi
Bae
ee

>
Rip at oe rt be aa aa es re
; = <
el a

deedlsl wot i weet ay a ih A .

sd a 9 y 1 AS
te: 25701 iby. Pe s i im
SO. 3) 8 a = ae5) j= WE«ee Bits
Pte
ea
i
e a:
ae a 5-H ~iinhard o Y8ilhey | - ical “ay? 25S Gi
“ried a

. aahago
a sihgipt mits
ee t-te #
ia) | fee
ie a0:
rr.Tel
a ty heAS eset ie
es an a) ee
wears 1 OP WAL1 AOR oun: st .
1% OP4aL oar" 2
Med i di .i ae

rs UD wi i. : ~ ee
- os.ter4 neil ais x Rip-tal bn es ear eon} eyinaShey tak
1% id fr Sa he lh, ; | #8 R=44=4be0. Gh
ty Gi ® WOGa a 40% 7 %~ —_ =

ie! (een . = ay ne : ws Ad

20: ta) : f, | .= ibe -- <7

oe) Sy ti -* ' * jay 500) aan a

2 ini fy | aPC Ot | >. Pe in2
is . 5

I .

~. r
rr
eS a
- AS-ohe)
f ad
ee
.a @

| whe) esas
| se - _ ,

.
{
— 7 o) 7
es.
Syllabus fa
Education
4B cover tt
Syllabus D.

Special Features _ «
_ Mathematical concepts are de ules in simple, clear and logical
_ sequence | 4 "
¢ Numerous and well-sraded exercises are provided for practice
and reinforcement. ;
e¢ ‘Challenger’ exercise at the end of every chapter provides
challenging problems for the more adventurous students
¢ ‘Problem Solving’ section is found at the end of every chapter for
students to practise their problem-solving skills
¢ ‘Mathstory’ found throughout the book relating a story or history
of mathematics are given for enrichment purpose |
° Chapies Review’ at the end of every ch pter provides a quick

I I E
ISBN iil